Sie sind auf Seite 1von 153

NASH Standard

Part Two: May 2019


Light Steel Framed Buildings

www.nashnz.org.nz
Notes:
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF STEEL-FRAMED HOUSING INC.
(NASH)
NASH (New Zealand) is an active industry association centred on light structural framing
systems for residential and similar construction. The association represents the interests
of suppliers, practitioners and customers – all those involved in steel-framing systems.

NASH’s key objectives are to:


• Support the long-term growth and sustainability of the steel framing industry.
• Maximise awareness of the steel-framing industry in the market place.
• Promote the advantages of steel-framing to the building industry and homeowners.

Committee
This NASH Standard was prepared by representatives of the following organisations:
• Extramile Consulting
• Framecad Solutions
• Frametek 2007 Ltd
• Heavy Engineering Research Association (HERA)
• Howick Ltd
• James Hardie
• LGSC Ltd
• National Association of Steel-Framed Housing Inc. (NASH)
• New Zealand Steel
• Redco Consulting Professional Engineers Ltd
• Rollforming Services
• Scottsdale Construction System Ltd
• University of Auckland
• Winstone Wallboards Ltd

Acknowledgment
The Committee responsible for this standard acknowledges the assistance from MBIE
(Ministry of Business, Innovation & Employment) in the production of this Standard and
also the help and support of NASH Australia. Parts of this Standard are based on the
standard with the same title published by NASH Australia.

Terms of use
This Standard has been prepared for use by designers with the appropriate skills,
professional judgement, and qualifications to design building that meet the performance
requirements of the relevant New Zealand Building Code clauses. Designers need to
comply with all relevant provisions of this standard in order to demonstrate compliance
with these Building Code clauses.

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 1


Copyright
The copyright of this Standard is the property of the National Association of Steel-
framed Housing Inc. (NASH) New Zealand. Parts of this Standard may be reproduced
provided that they are accurately reproduced from this Standard and every reproduction
acknowledges this Standard as its source. No part of this publication may be reproduced for
personal gain or commercial use without the prior written consent of NASH.

Copyright © National Association of Steel-Framed Housing (NASH) New Zealand.

ISBN 978-0-473-47040-1 (PDF)


ISBN 978-0-473-47039-5 (Hard cover)

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 2


Foreword
This Standard is intended to be referenced by Acceptable Solutions for New Zealand Building
Code (NZBC) clauses B1 Structure and B2 Durability. It sets out non- specific design solutions
for the cold-formed steel-framing used in low-rise buildings including houses and low-rise
commercial buildings.

This May 2019 edition of the NASH Standard is an update of the 2016 edition that was available
for use as an alternative solution for compliance with the NZBC.

Cold formed steel framing has been used in residential construction in New Zealand for over 50
years. The first plant producing framing opened in 1970 (see pages 54-55 of Build 110). Cold
formed steel framing now represents 5-7% of the new residential market and in addition is used
extensively in the broader construction sector for internal partitions, ceiling battens and flooring
systems.

The NASH Technical Committee has produced a series of technical documents over recent years
to support and facilitate the growth of the industry and to ensure a responsible, quality, sustainable
and safe environment for this industry sector. For more information visit www.nashnz.org.nz.

NASH Standard Part 2: 2016 Light Steel-Framed Buildings provided an alternative solution when
released in 2016. Designers and builders have been using this and Standards like NZS 3604 as
easy to use design and construction solutions. Since 2016, Building Consent Authorities have
been issuing consents for designs carried out using the NASH Standard Part 2: 2016. No major
issues with the 2016 Standard have been bought to NASH’s attention by BCA’s or building
practioners. Similarly, no major issues arising from light steel framed buildings built to the NASH
Standard Part 2: 2016 have been bought to NASH’s attention.

In 2017 the NASH Board began working with MBIE to have the NASH Standards referenced by
Acceptable Solutions with the New Zealand Building Code and agreed to provide NASH
Standards at no cost to the sector. The NASH Technical Committee commenced work on a
detailed review with BRANZ providing input into this process. Tables and details in Part 2 have
been verified by specific testing carried out both in New Zealand and Australia, by peer reviewed
engineering calculations and software models.

Upon completion in 2018, the NASH Board contracted an independent review of the NASH
Standard Part 2, by an independent Chartered Engineer.

NASH Standard Part 2 was reprinted in May 2019 with some minor corrections following the MBIE
public consultation on it being referenced by Acceptable Solutions B1/AS1 and B2/AS1.

This standard is part of the NASH Standards suite that includes the following standards:

NASH Standard Part 1: 2019 Design Criteria.

NASH Standard Part 2: May 2019 Non-specific Design of Light Steel-frame Buildings.

NASH Building Envelope Solutions: 2019

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 3


CONTENTS
1. GENERAL 8
1.1. Scope 8
General 8
Referenced documents 8
Buildings covered by this Standard 8
1.2. Interpretation 11
1.3. Members covered by this Standard 11
1.4. Definitions 11
Definitions list 11
1.5. Span and Loaded dimensions 15
Span 15
Single span 16
Loaded dimension 16

2. MATERIALS & MEMBERS 18


2.1. Framing overview 18
2.2. Materials 18
Wall framing 18
Joist and rafter framing 19
Battens 20
2.3. Product identification 20
Material Identification 20
Member classification Identification 20
2.4. Fasteners 20
2.5. Construction tolerances 20

3. DURABILITY 21
3.1. General 21
3.2. Steel coating specifications 21
3.3. Hold down anchors 21
3.4. Screws 21
3.5. Rivets 21
3.6. Brackets 21
3.7. Requirements 21

4. SITE REQUIREMENTS - GROUND FLOOR AND FOUNDATIONS 22


4.1. Site requirements 22
4.2. Slab-On-Ground 22
4.3. Timber ground floors and Subfloors 22

5. BRACING 23
5.1. General 23
5.2. Wind bracing demand 23
Site location 23
Surrounding ground texture 25
Site exposure 25
Site topography 25
Building specific wind bracing demand 26
Wind demand Tables 27
5.3. Earthquake bracing demand 28
Earthquake demand Tables 29
5.4. Bracing design 31
Wall bracing 31
5.5. Diaphragms 33
NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 4
Ceiling diaphragms 33
Floor diaphragms 34
Lining material for ceiling diaphragms 34
Lining material for floor diaphragms 34
Diaphragm connections to bracing elements 34
5.6. Roof bracing 35
General 35
36
Roof plane diagonal bracing 36
Roof space diagonal bracing 36

6. ROOF FRAMING 37
6.1. General 37
Types of roofs and limitations 37
6.2. Building practice 37
Ceilings 37
Timber ceiling battens 37
Ceiling battens 37
Roof battens 37
Rafters 38
Ridge and intermediate roof beams span Tables 41
Trussed roofs 44
Roof space diagonal bracing 45
6.3. Soffit ladder frames 46
Gable end ladder frames 46
Soffit bearers 46

7. WALL FRAMING 48
7.1. General 48
Wall frames 48
7.2. Wall framing members 48
Plates 48
Studs 48
Nogs 49
Gable end framing 50
Wall junctions 51
Holes and notches in plates, nogs and studs 51
7.3. Wall plate Tables 52
Load bearing wall top plate 52
Load bearing wall bottom plate 53
Internal wall bottom plates 53
7.4. Wall stud Tables 54
Wall frame fixing requirement 54
Studs external load bearing single storey or upper of two storey 55
Studs in internal load bearing wall - single storey or upper of two storey 56
Studs in external load bearing walls - lower of two storey 57
Studs in Internal load bearing wall - Floor load only - Lower of two storey 58
Studs in Internal load bearing wall - Floor and roof load - Lower of two storey 58
Studs in gable end walls (skillion roof) 59
7.5. Jamb Studs 59
Jamb stud tables 59
Jamb stud connections 68
7.6. Lintels 70
Lintel Tables for single storey or upper of two storey - Light roof 72
Lintel Tables for single storey or upper of two storey - Heavy roof 76
Lintel Tables for lower of two storey - Light roof 80
Lintel Tables for lower of two storey - Heavy roof 84

8. FLOOR FRAMING 88
NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 5
8.1. General 88
8.2. Flooring 89
8.3. Building practice 89
Floor cantilevers 89
8.4. Joists 89
General 89
Floor joist perimeters 90
Joist top bracing 90
Joist blocking 90
Opening in floors 92
Span Tables 93
Cuts, holes and notches in C-section joists 93

9. FIXINGS AND CONNECTIONS 95


9.1. Screw clearance and penetration requirements 95
9.2. Roof battens to rafter/truss 95
General 95
Tie-down connections 95
Steel roof battens 95
Timber roof battens 96
9.3. Truss/ rafter to top plate 97
Truss/rafter connections general 97
Type A ‘H’ bracket connection 97
Type B angle bracket connection 99
9.4. Rafter, ridge & intermediate beams 102
Ridge and intermediate beam to perimeter wall 102
Rafter to ridge or intermediate beam - angle bracket 102
Rafter to intermediate beam 103
9.5. Ceiling batten to truss chord and rafters 104
Steel ceiling batten connection 104
Timber ceiling batten connection 104
9.6. Bracing Diaphragms 104
Ceiling Diaphragms 104
9.7. Bracing wall connections 105
Fixing of top plates of connected bracing walls 105
Fixing of top plates of unconnected bracing walls 105
9.8. Wall frame to masonry or concrete walls 106
9.9. Bottom plate to floor frame or slab 106
Tie down methods for bottom plate to floor system 106
Tie down locations 106
Type D anchor minimum capacities 106
Type E anchor minimum capacities 107
Type D tie down assemblies 107
Type E tie down assemblies 110

10. INTERNAL LINING 112


10.1. Standard lining 112
10.2. Rated lining 112

11. SNOW DESIGN 113


11.1. Snow design 113
Member rafters 1.5 kPa snow load span Tables 114
Web ridge and Intermediate beams 1.5 kPa snow load span Tables 118
Lintel Tables for 1.5 Kpa snow load 121

CONSTRUCTION AND INSTALLATION TOLERANCES 137


NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 6
Tolerances 137
Length 137
Straightness 137
Assembly 137
Installation Tolerances 137
Attachment to supporting structure 137
Walls 137
General 137
Position 137
Plumb 137
Straightness 138
Flatness of walls for installation of linings 138
Service hole location 138
Trusses, rafters, and floor members 139
Position 139
Straightness 139
Plumb 139
Spacing 140
Floor surface 140
Vertical alignment of members 140

HANDLING AND STORAGE 141

WIND ZONE DETERMINATION EXAMPLES 142


Example 1. 142
Example 2. 142

MEMBER CLASSIFICATIONS 143


STUDS/WEB MEMBER CLASSIFICATION 143
D.2.4. By Calculation 143
D.2.5. By Prototype testing 143
PLATE/CHORD MEMBER CLASSIFICATION 144
D.2.1. By calculation 144
D.2.2. By prototype testing 144
BATTEN SECTION PROPERTIES 146
C SECTION PROPERTIES 146

EXAMPLES OF COMPLYING MEMBERS 148

MEMBER CONNECTION DETAILS 149


F1. Plate to studs 149
F2. Wall Nog to plate 149
F3. Lintel Head, sill and nog to jamb 150
F4. Web members to chord 150

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 7


1. GENERAL
1.1. SCOPE

General
NASH Standard Part 2 sets out the non-specific design requirements for steel-framed buildings
within the geometric limitations specified in 1.1.3 to withstand loads from self-weight and
imposed loads, wind, earthquake, snow and human impact (see 0).
This Standard provides the design and detailing (including connections) of the following:
• Roof beams, rafters, roof and ceiling battens;
• Single and double storey wall construction;
• Intermediate floor joists (imposed load up to 2.0 kPa, light weight flooring); and
• Bracing systems.
The ground floor, subfloor and foundations shall comply with NZS 3604 or NZS 4229 as
appropriate.
Decks are not included in this Standard.
Comment:
Note: In this Standard, there are a number of situations where specific engineering design (SED)
calculations would be required. These situations are marked SED to indicate they are an extrapolation
that is outside the scope of this standard.

Referenced documents
The following documents are referred to in this document:
• AS 1111- Part 1: 2000 ISO metric hexagon bolts and screws – Product grade C - Bolts
• AS 1397-2011:Continuous hot-dip metallic coated steel sheet and strip-Coatings of zinc and
zinc alloyed with aluminium and magnesium
• AS 3566.2-2002 Self-drilling screws for the building and construction industries – Corrosion
Resistance requirements
• NZS 3604: 2011 Timber-framed buildings
• NZS 4229: 2013 Concrete Masonry building not requiring Specific Engineering Design
• American Standard IFI-114 Rivets
• BRANZ P21-2010 A wall bracing test evaluation procedure
• DIN-7337 1991 Break mandrel blind rivets
• NZ Metal Roof & Wall Cladding, Code of Practice 2012
• The NASH Standard Part 1: 2019 Design criteria
• The NASH Building Envelope Solutions: 2019
• The New Zealand Building Code including Acceptable Solutions and Verification Methods

Buildings covered by this Standard


The building configurations covered by this standard only include:

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 8


1. Single-storey buildings, These buildings include those with a part-storey basement or a
part-storey in the roof space. The floor and walls of any part-storey shall both be steel.
The foundations shall be designed in accordance with NZS 3604.
2. Two-storey buildings. These buildings have an upper floor and walls that shall both be
steel. The lower storey walls shall be either steel, or full height masonry designed in
accordance with NZS 4229. The foundations shall be designed in accordance with either
NZS 3604 or NZS 4229.
3. Three-storey buildings. These buildings shall have all the following:
a. No more than two storeys supported on steel framing.
b. One storey that is a part-storey in the roof space.
c. The middle storey and part-storey directly supported on a lower storey of concrete
masonry designed in accordance with NZS 4229 or by SED.
d. The ground floor wall, slab and foundations designed in accordance with NZS 4229.
Comment:
Note: Foundations and lower storeys can be SED however in such cases, this Standard can only be used
to demonstrate compliance for the steel-framed upper storeys.

4. This Standard shall only apply to houses and other buildings with a maximum total height
of 10 m from the lowest ground level to the highest point of the roof and are within the
other geometric limits also shown in Figure 1.1.
5. Have a plan floor area that is one of the following:
a. Unlimited for one or two-storey buildings that are entirely steel-framed construction.
b. Not exceeding 300 m2 for two-storey buildings where non steel frame construction is
also used or-
c. Not exceeding 200 m2 for three-storey buildings.
6. The slopes of all roof planes are not steeper than 45° to the horizontal.
7. The slope of any wall forming a mansard roof is a maximum of 20° from the vertical.
8. Have a maximum uniformly distributed imposed floor loading of 1.5 kPa for part storeys
and 2 kPa elsewhere.
9. Have a maximum concentrated imposed floor loading of 1.8 kN
Could be subject to-
10. A maximum of a 1.5 kPa open ground snow loading. Sections 1 to 10 shall be used where
the design snow loading is 1 kPa or less. Otherwise, Section 11 shall be used when the
design snow loading is 1.5 kPa or less.
11. Have a maximum of 0.25 kPa uniformly distributed imposed load on the roof.
12. Have a building wind zone determined in accordance with Section 5 that shall be Low,
Medium, High, Very high, or Extra High. Building wind zones determined to be SED are
outside the scope of this Standard.
13. Have only wings or blocks that are designed to be separate buildings.
14. Can only have concrete slab-on-ground floors that are used for garages for vehicles up to
2500 kg tare. Any such floors shall be designed in accordance with NZS 3604.
15. If they have masonry veneer cladding, the veneer cladding shall not have:
a. A mass exceeding 220 kg/m2;
b. A height above the lowest ground level exceeding 7.0 m;
c. A height exceeding 4.0 m measured from the top of the concrete masonry wall,
foundation wall or slab edge foundation. In the case of a veneer-faced concrete
block wall or foundation wall, the cladding shall be measured from the top of that
wall; nor
d. A veneer height on a gable end wall exceeding 5.5 m.

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 9


Geometric and imposed floor loading limitations

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 10


1.2. INTERPRETATION

In this Standard, the word “shall” is used in requirements that are essential for compliance with
the Standard. The word “should” is used for practices that are advised or recommended.

Appendices of this Standard that are marked “normative” are an integral part of the requirements
of this Standard.

Appendices that are marked “informative” and notes within this Standard provide information and
guidance. The Standard can be complied with if their guidance is ignored. The information and
guidance are not to be taken as the only or complete interpretation of the requirements. Where
the Standard has non-specific requirements such as the words “suitable”, “adequate” “acceptable”
or other similar qualifiers then the method described is not covered by this Standard and
demonstration to territorial authority approval is required.
Documents and any modifications to them that provide a legal means of demonstrating
compliance with regulations shall take precedence over both the requirements within this
Standard and the editions of documents referenced by this Standard. Specifically, every referral
to NZS 3604 and NZS 4229 in this document shall be taken to mean the versions of these
Standards referenced and modified by Acceptable Solution B1/AS1.

All steel material thickness quoted in this Standard is base metal thickness (BMT).

Only the values set out in this Standard’s clauses, Figures and Tables shall be used. Do not
extrapolate these values unless extrapolation is specifically permitted by a clause in this Standard.

Where any clause in this Standard contains a list of requirements, provisos, conditions, or the
like, then each and every item in that list is to be adopted in order to comply with this Standard,
unless the clause specifically states otherwise.

Comment:
Further guidance on steel-framed housing is available from www.NASHNZ.org.nz.

1.3. MEMBERS COVERED BY THIS STANDARD


All steel members in this Standard shall comply with Appendix D.

Comment:
The members shown in Figures within this Standard are generic and the shape and size of members
complying may vary from that shown.

1.4. DEFINITIONS

Definitions list
This is a list of definitions for words or terms relevant to this Standard.
Angle. A steel component with an L-shape cross-section.
Angle bracket. A bracket created from a short length of folded steel Angle.
Batten. See Ceiling batten, Roof batten.
Base metal thickness (BMT) The thickness of the bare or base metal before any
subsequent coating, such as galvanizing.
Beam A horizontal member spanning between points that supports loads.
Bottom plate A horizontal member of a wall panel fixed across the bottom of studs.
Boundary joist A joist on the outer edge of a joist floor system.
Box section Two framing members fitted together to form a box.

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 11


Brace A framing member or assembly used to resist applied loads.
Bracing Any method of providing lateral support to a building.
Bracing capacity Strength of the bracing within a whole building or specific bracing
elements within a building.
Bracing demand A calculation of the bracing required for either the whole building or
elements within a building.
Bracing line A line for distributing the required bracing along or across the building.
Bracing rating The capacity of bracing elements used within the building.
Bracing unit A unit of measure (BU) for the calculation of horizontal forces on the building
where 20 BU’s is equivalent to 1 kN (kilo Newton) force.
Capacity The load in kN a fixing or connection system is required to support.
Chord Top or bottom member of a webbed truss, beam, joist or rafters.
Ceiling batten A horizontal member fixed to the bottom chord of a truss, rafter or joist.
Continuous Nog A single continuous (usually horizontal) member notched and able to be
fixed at intermediate framing. Also known as nogging.
Damp-proof (DPC) A strip of durable vapour barrier placed between building elements
to prevent the passage of moisture from one element to another.
Diaphragm An assembly to transfer loads in its own plane to boundary members.
Eaves That part of the roof construction including cladding, fascia and soffit lining, that
extends beyond the exterior face of the wall.
External wall An outer wall of a building with framing of a minimum BMT of 0.75 mm.
Flange The part of the cross-section of a member perpendicular to the web.
See Figure 1.2.
Flat roof A roof having its surface at an angle of less than 10° to the horizontal.
Floor load The uniformly distributed live load for a floor.
Framing member Steel member to which lining, cladding, flooring is attached; or provides
support for the structure, or resist forces applied to it. See Figure 1.2 below.

Framing member configuration


Gable The vertical end wall of a pitched or trussed roof.
Good Ground As defined in NZS 3604.
Girder Truss A prefabricated roof support member with a maximum reaction load of 14.4 kN
in an upward or downward direction.
Heavy roof A roof with roofing material (lining, cladding and any sarking) having a
mass exceeding 20 kg/m 2, but not exceeding 65 kg/m 2 of roof area.
Heavy wall cladding A wall cladding having a mass exceeding 80kg/m 2, but not
exceeding 220 kg/m2 of wall area.
NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 12
Internal wall A framed wall inside a building.
Jamb stud Studs framing out an opening (such as a window or door) and they may
comprise one or more studs.
Ladder frame A frame used to form a gable end soffit.
Light roof A roof with roofing material (lining, cladding and any sarking) having a mass not
exceeding 20 kg/m2 of roof area.
Light wall cladding A wall cladding having a mass not exceeding 30 kg/m2.
Light flooring A flooring material having a mass not exceeding 33 kg/m 2.
Lining The rigid sheet covering for a wall, ceiling or other interior surface.
Lintel A horizontal structural member within a wall that spans over an opening (such as a
window or door) and transfers roof and/or floor loads to jamb studs at each side of the
opening.
Lip The side part of the cross-section of a framing member that is 90 degrees to the
Flange. See Figure 1.2. below.
Load bearing stud A stud in a load bearing wall.
Load bearing wall A load bearing wall is one which may carry vertical loads from the
construction above, and/or lateral loads resulting from wind and earthquake. These
loads may act separately or in combination. Both internal and external walls may be
load bearing.
Loaded dimension The contributing width over which a member attracts load.
Monopitch A roof with only one pitch.
Medium wall cladding A wall cladding having a mass exceeding 30 kg/m2, but not
exceeding 80 kg/m2 of wall area.
Member span The clear distance between supports.
Nog A (usually horizontal) member fixed between framing. Also known as nogging.
Non-loadbearing wall A non-load bearing internal wall does not support roof or floor
loads but may have lateral loads resulting from wind and earthquake provided
the floor that any such wall is supported on is designed for these additional
loads.
NZBC New Zealand Building Code.
Outrigger A member continuous used to form a soffit ladder frame.
PA, PB, PC, PD, PE Framing member designation for horizontal plates. May also be used
for chords.
Part storey A basement, or a storey in a roof space, the floor area of which basement or
storey, as the case may be, does not exceed 50 % of the area of the ground floor
area of the same wing or block in which the part storey occurs.
Plan floor area The area of the plan footprint of the building.
Plate A horizontal steel member to support and distribute the load from floors, walls, roof or
ceilings.
Rafter A framing member, normally parallel to the slope of the roof, providing
support for sarking, purlins or roof cladding. Rafters may be web beams, member
sections or C-section purlin members.
Ridge beam A beam supporting the apex of a roof.
NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 13
Roof That part of a building having its upper surface exposed to the outside and at an
angle of 45° or less to the horizontal.
Roof Batten A horizontal member fixed across the top chord of a truss or rafter to support
the roof cladding.
SA, SB, SC, SD Framing member designation for studs. May also be used for web
members.
SED Specific engineering design. Requires design and calculations that are outside the
scope of this Standard.
Sill trimmer A horizontal member under an opening that supports a window or door and
transfers the wind loads to the jamb studs.
Skillion roof A roof where the ceiling lining is parallel to the roof cladding.
Snow load The load applied to the building from snow.
Spacing The distance between members measured from centre to centre.
Span See member span.
Soffit bearer A horizontal member attached to a truss or rafter to form a soffit.
Staggered Nog A (usually horizontal) series of member at different heights fixed between
pairs of framing members. Also known as nogging.
Storey That portion of a building included between the upper surface of any floor and the
upper surface of the floor immediately above, except the top storey shall be that
portion of a building included between the upper surface of the topmost floor and
the ceiling or roof above.
Stud The vertical framing member of a wall panel to which internal linings and/or external
cladding material is fixed.
Tile batten A steel or timber member fixed to the upper face of a truss or rafter to support
roofing tiles.
Timber roof batten A horizontal timber member laid to span across rafters or trusses, and
to which the roof cladding is attached.
Top plate A horizontal structural member of a wall frame fixed across the top of studs.
A structural top plate is used to carry truss or rafter loads from the roof to the studs, where
the studs are not located directly under the truss load points.
Trimmer A member used to frame out an opening in a floor or ceiling. A trimmer may support
trimmer joists.
Trimmer joist A joist member supported by a trimmer used to frame out an opening in a
floor or ceiling.
Truss A prefabricated roof support member that has a maximum reaction load of 7.2 kN in
an upward or downward direction.
Thermal break truss block A material or product with a minimum R-value of 0.25 used to create
a thermal break between wall framing members and roof truss framing.
Wall refer External wall and Internal wall.
Web The part of the cross-section of a framing member that is at 90 degrees to and
between the flanges. See Figure 1.2.

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 14


Web intermediate beam A beam constructed from plate and stud members supporting
rafters.
Web lintel A wall opening support member constructed from plate and stud members.
Web joist A floor support member constructed from plate and stud members.
Web member Internal framing member within a webbed truss, beam, joist or rafters.
Web rafter A roof support member constructed from plate and stud members.
Web ridge beam A beam supporting the apex of a roof constructed from plate and stud
members.
Wing or block Part of a building that protrudes more than 6 m from the main building
Wind zone Categorisation of wind force experienced on a particular site.
Maximum ultimate limit state design wind speeds are:
Low wind zone (L) = 32 m/s
Medium high wind zone (M) = 37 m/s
High wind zone (H) = 44 m/s
Very high wind zone (VH) = 50 m/s
Extra high wind zone (EH) = 55 m/s
SED is required for wind speeds greater than 55 m/s.

1.5. SPAN AND LOADED DIMENSIONS

Span
The span is the face-to-face distance between points capable of giving full support to
structural members or assemblies. Rafter spans are measured as the distance between
points support along the length of the rafter and not as the horizontal projection of this
distance.

Span and spacing

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 15


Single span

The single span of a member supported at or near both ends with no intermediate supports (see
Figure 1.4(a)). This includes the case where members are butted over intermediate supports
with non- structural joints (see Figure 1.4(b)). Single spans are used in all Tables in this
Standard with the exception of batten Tables. The minimum end support where single spans
are butted is 30 mm

Single spans

Loaded dimension
The loaded dimension is the width contributing load to the member under consideration.

The loaded dimension of a ridge beam is shown in Figure 1.5

Ridge beam loaded dimensions

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 16


The loaded dimension of an intermediate beam is shown in Figure 1.6.

Intermediate beam loaded dimension

The loaded dimension of a wall is shown in Figure 1.7.


Eaves overhang to a maximum of 750mm. This overhang can be ignored when calculating a
loaded dimension.

Loaded dimension of wall framing

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 17


2. MATERIALS & MEMBERS
2.1. FRAMING OVERVIEW
Framing members used in this Standard shall be as defined in 1.3 and as given in Figure 2.1.
Foundations, ground floor, subfloor or concrete slab are not part of this Standard. Refer to
NZS 3604 or NZS 4229 for the design of these building elements.

2.2. MATERIALS
All steel members used as framing members shall comply with Appendix D.

Wall framing

Members used to form wall framing shall be classified in accordance with Appendix D, including
the maximum allowable hole size, and nominated as:

• Studs: SA, SB, SC, or SD; or


• Plates PA, PB, PC, PD or PE.

External framing, irrespective of classification, shall have a minimum BMT of 0.75 mm.

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 18


Header plates specified by this Standard shall

• Be fixed as follows:
o 1x10g screw into the top plate flange every 150 mm and at each end; and
o 1x10g screw into each stud/web member that crosses the bottom of the header plate and
at each end.
• Have no holes other than those required for fixings and-
• Only start, finish, or be joined at a supporting member.

Header plate details are shown in Figure 2.2.

Joist and rafter framing

Single members or members making up web joist/rafters shall be classified in accordance with
Appendix D and have one of the following classifications:
• Web members:
o SA;
o SB; or
o SC.
• Chords:
o PA;
o PB;
o PC; or
o PD.
• C-section members:
o C150/12;
o C150/15;
o C150/18;
o C200/12;
o C200/15;
o C200/18;
o C250/15;
o C250/18;
o C300/15; or
o C300/18

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 19


Battens

Steel roof and ceiling battens shall be classified in accordance with


Appendix D and nominated as:
• 20CB44;
• 20CB55;
• 30CB75;
• 40RB48; or
• 40RB55.
Timber battens shall be designed in accordance with NZS 3604.

2.3. PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION

Material Identification

All steel framing shall have material identification. The material identification shall be either
printed on the material or attached to it using an adhesive label.

Material identification shall be at a minimum spacing of 4.8 metres.

Material identification shall contain the following information:


• The Standard that the material is manufactured to;
• Grade of steel;
• BMT; and
• Coating type and weight.

Member classification Identification

All steel framing shall have member classification identification. Member classification
identification shall be, either printed on, attached as an adhesive label, or permanently marked.

Member classification identification shall be made to every member over 2.0 metres long.

Member classification identification shall be labeled with a single letter to the following coding:
• A = SA or PA.
• B = SB or PB.
• C = SC or PC.
• D = PD.

2.4. FASTENERS

Screws shall conform to AS 3566.2.

Rivets shall conform to IFI-114 or DIN-7337

Bolts shall conform to AS 1111- Part 1.

2.5. CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES


Construction tolerances shall be in accordance with Appendix A.

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 20


3. DURABILITY
3.1. GENERAL

Steel framing, brackets and fixings used for wall framing, roof framing and mid floors shall be
within a closed building envelope in accordance with the NASH Building Envelope Solutions.
Eaves shall be lined.
3.2. STEEL COATING SPECIFICATIONS
Steel used for framing shall have coatings complying with AS 1397 with the minimum
requirement for this Standard of:
• 275 g/m² (Z275); or
• 150 g/m² (AZ150 or AM150).

3.3. HOLD DOWN ANCHORS

Hold down anchors are proprietary systems. Refer to the appropriate Manufacturers
specifications
3.4. SCREWS
Screws shall conform to AS 3566.2 with a minimum of class 3.
Internal lining screws shall have a minimum Yellow Zinc coating of 3-5 Micron
3.5. RIVETS

Rivets shall conform to IFI-114 or DIN-7337. Demonstration of adequate durability of rivets shall
be provided to the territorial authority.
3.6. BRACKETS
Brackets shall be either hot-dipped galvanized complying to AS/NZS4680 Table 1 or
mechanically galvanized to AS 1397.
3.7. REQUIREMENTS

1. Separation shall be provided between any timber treated with copper based preservatives
(including any that are an LOSP treatment) and any external concrete, and any steel
structural building element. Damp-proof course (DPC) shall be used under all frames on
concrete floors and any frames on treated flooring product other than non copper-based
LOSP treatment. DPC shall be at least 10 mm wider than the steel building element.
2. Site storage conditions shall ensure that the building components are stacked in a way to
prevent damage and are kept free of corrosion prior to installation.
3. Structural building elements shall be clean, with no corrosion, clear of debris, and dry,
prior to installation of external and internal linings.
4. During storage and erection, the material shall be kept as clean and dry as possible and
the building shall be closed in within 3 weeks in climate zone D and within 12 weeks in
exposure zones B and C. Exposure zones shall be determined from NZS 3604 section 4.
5. Structural building elements shall be carried and not dragged when being moved.
6. Steel framing shall not be exposed to spatter from any welding activity.
7. Wall wraps, underlays and thermal breaks shall comply with NASH Building Envelope
Solutions.
8. A visual inspection of the structure shall be carried out prior to any cladding or lining. If
any signs of corrosion is present or the coating is accidentally damaged and needs repair,
the affected area shall be cleaned and remediated by the application of 2 coats of zinc-
rich primer.

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 21


4. SITE REQUIREMENTS - GROUND FLOOR AND FOUNDATIONS
4.1. SITE REQUIREMENTS
All site requirements including those for good ground shall be in accordance with NZS 3604 or
NZS 4229.

4.2. SLAB-ON-GROUND
All slab-on-ground requirements shall be in accordance NZS 3604 for steel framed walls and
NZS 4229 for masonry walls.

4.3. TIMBER GROUND FLOORS AND SUBFLOORS


All requirements shall be in accordance with NZS 3604.

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 22


5. BRACING
5.1. GENERAL

Bracing demands for wind and earthquake forces on the building shall be determined as below
and expressed in Bracing Units (BUs).

Bracing elements shall be tested in accordance with the BRANZ P21 test and shall be installed
exactly the same as the specimen tested.

Bracing demands apply to all subsoil classifications.

5.2. WIND BRACING DEMAND

The wind zone shall be determined from the following procedure

All directions shall be considered with the worst case applicable:

1. Determine the site location / region from 5.2.1 and Figure 5.1;
2. Determine the surrounding ground texture from 5.2.2;
3. Determine the buildings exposure to the wind from 5.2.3; then
4. Determine the site topography from 5.2.4.
The buildings wind zone shall be determined based on accumulated points assigned for each
step.

Wind zones shall be allocated points as follows:


0 = Low (L)
1 = Medium (M)
2 = High (H)
3 = Very High (VH)
4 = Extra High (EH)

Buildings with wind speeds exceeding 55 m/s are outside the scope of this Standard and
require SED.

The wind zone of sites in lee zones (see Figure 5.1) shall be increased as follows:

Low = High
Medium = Very high
High and above = SED

Comment:
Appendix C provides examples on applying the procedure for determining the wind zone.

Site location

The job location shall be matched to one of the three site locations given in Figure 5.1.

The site location shall then determine the wind zone points as given by Table 5.1.

Wind zone points


Points Site location
0 A
1 W
See 5.2 Lee zone

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 23


Wind zone map

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 24


Surrounding ground texture
This includes the number, height and type of features that the wind passes over.
Ground texture shall be determined into one of two categories as given by Table 5.2.

Ground texture categories

Site exposure
Site exposure shall be determined into one of two categories as given by Table 5.3:

Site exposure categories

2 rows of permanent obstructions of a similar size at the


same ground level on all sides

Sites adjacent to open spaces, beach front, large rivers,


motorways or open spaces greater than 100 metres wide

Site topography
Site topography for hill sites shall be determined from 5.2.4.1 and 5.2.4.2.

A contour map shall be used to determine the height of the hill and the height of the valley floor,
with the difference to be considered the height of the hill (H).

If the building is located within a distance equal to H from the crest, it shall be considered to be
in the crest zone.

If the building is located within a distance equal to 3H from the crest but no closer than H, it
shall be considered to be in the outer zone.

The smoothed gradient, known also as the “slope of the hill”, shall be determined as follows:
1. For hills greater than 165 metres in height, the contour height of 500 metres from the
crest shall be identified and the difference from the crest determined (h).
The slope shall be determined as h/500.
2. For hills up to and including 165 metres in height, the contour height of a distance 3H
from the crest shall be identified and the difference from the crest determined (h).
The slope shall be determined as h/3H.
Once the smoothed gradient has been identified, the points for hill sites shall be determined
using Table 5.4.

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 25


Hill site categories
Points Slope no steeper than
Hill sites 1:10 1:5
Outer zone 0 1
Crest zone 1 2

Building specific wind bracing demand


The building wind bracing demand shall be determined by multiplying the values of Table 5.5
and Table 5.6 by the building length (for bracing across) and width (for bracing along).

Bracing shall be provided parallel to the wind direction.

In Tables 5.5 and 5.6 and Figure 5.2


H = Average height of finished ground level to apex for subfloor structure.
Single or upper finish floor level to apex for single or upper storey.
Lower finished floor level to apex for lower of two storeys.
h = Roof height above eaves.

Wind direction

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 26


Wind demand Tables

Table 5.5 provides wind demand values that shall be used for a high wind zone.

For other wind zones, the values shall be multiplied by the following factors:

1. Low = 0.5,
2. Medium = 0.7,
3. Very High = 1.3,
4. Extra High = 1.6.

Single or upper storey


Single or upper
floor level to 3 4 5 6 7
apex (H) (m)

Roof height
0–1 0–3 0–3 1–3 4 2–3 4 5
above eaves (h)
Along BU/m 70 80
High
40 50 60
wind Across 70 95 80 105 135

Single or upper
floor level to 8 9 10
apex (H) (m)

Roof height
3 4 5 6 4 5 6 6 5 6 6 6
above eaves (h)

Along BU/m 90 100 110


High
wind Across 95 115 145 155 125 155 165 180 165 180 190 200

Lower of two stories


Lower level to
6 7 8
apex (H) (m)
Roof height
0 1 2-3 0 1 2-3 4 0 1 2-3 4 5
above eaves (h)
Along 80 135 120 100 90
High BU/m
100 90 80 120 110 100 145
wind Across 105 125 120 125 145

Lower level to
9 10
apex (H) (m)
Roof height
0 1 2-3 4 5 6 1 2 2-3 4 5 6
above eaves (h)

Along BU/m 165 155 140 120 110 90 190 180 165 145 135 120
High
wind
Across 165 150 140 150 165 165 190 170 160 170 190 190

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 27


5.3. EARTHQUAKE BRACING DEMAND
The earthquake demand on a building shall be assessed by the building’s earthquake zone,
level, cladding weights and floor area.
The earthquake demand shall be determined from the Table 5.7 to Table 5.14.
The appropriate value for the building being designed shall be selected from Table 5.7 to Table
5.10, and Table 5.12 to Table 5.13.
The value shall be multiplied by the appropriate factor given in Table 5.11 or Table 5.14, and
then multiplied by the gross building floor area.
Where part of a storey is contained in a roof space the values in Tables shall be increased by 4
BUs/m2 for the floors below the part storey.
If a part-storey is within a steel-framed basement, the building shall be designed as 2 buildings.
One of two storey and the other single storey.
A masonry or concrete chimney that relies on the building for lateral support shall have
additional bracing calculated, as given in B1/AS3.

Earthquake zone map

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 28


Earthquake demand Tables

Single storey on subfloor – Light roof


Roof cladding Light
Single storey cladding Light Medium Heavy
Subfloor cladding Light and Heavy Medium Heavy Heavy
Medium
Subfloor structure 12 14 14 16 21
BUs/m2
Single storey walls 10 10 10 11 14

Single storey on subfloor – Heavy roof


Roof cladding Heavy
Single storey cladding Light Medium Heavy
Subfloor cladding Light and Heavy Medium Heavy
Medium and
Heavy
Subfloor structure 17 19 19 26
BUs/m2 15 16 17 21
Single storey walls

Two storey on subfloor – Light roof


Upper storey cladding Light Medium
Lower storey cladding Light Medium Heavy Medium Heavy
Subfloor cladding Light to Medium Heavy Medium Heavy
Heavy and and
Heavy Heavy

Subfloor structure 18 20 26 22 28
Lower storey walls BUs/m2 16 18 23 20 25
Upper storey walls 10 10 11 11 12

Upper storey cladding Heavy


Lower storey cladding Heavy
Subfloor cladding Heavy
Subfloor structure 35
Lower storey walls BUs/m2 32
Upper storey walls 15

Two storey on Subfloor – Heavy roof


Upper storey cladding Light Medium Heavy
Lower storey cladding Light Medium Heavy Medium Heavy
and
Heavy
Subfloor cladding Light to Medium Heavy Medium Heavy
Heavy and and
Heavy Heavy
Subfloor structure 23 25 31 28 40
Lower storey walls BUs/m2 21 24 28 26 38
Upper storey walls 16 17 18 18 22

EQ Zone multiplication factors - Building on subfloor

EQ Zone
Multiplication factors
1 2 3 4
0.6 0.9 1 1.6

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 29


One and two storey - buildings on slab – Light roof
Upper or single storey cladding Light Medium
Lower storey cladding Light Medium Heavy Medium Heavy
Single storey walls 5 SED SED 6 SED
Lower storey walls BUs/m2 12 14 17 15 19
Upper storey walls 7 8 9 9 10

Upper or single storey cladding Heavy


Lower storey cladding Heavy

Single storey walls 8


Lower storey walls BUs/m2 24
Upper storey walls 12

One and two storey buildings on slab – Heavy roof


Upper or single storey cladding Light Medium Heavy
Lower storey cladding Light Medium Heavy Medium Heavy
and
Heavy
Single storey walls 11 SED SED 12 13
Lower storey walls BUs/m2 17 19 23 21 30
Upper storey walls 14 14 15 15 19

EQ Zone multiplication factors - Building on slab


EQ Zone
Multiplication factors
1 2 3 4
0.6 0.9 1 1.6

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 30


5.4. BRACING DESIGN

Wall bracing

No wall bracing element used in conjunction with this Standard constructed on a subfloor
system shall have a bracing unit rating of more than 120 BU/m.

No wall bracing element used in conjunction with this Standard that is constructed on a concrete
slab shall have a bracing unit rating of more than 150 BU/m.

Bracing elements that are longer than those tested shall have their capacity determined by
multiplying the tested capacity rating per metre by the length of the element.

The end of the longer element shall have the equivalent hold down capacity to the tested
element.

Adjustment of bracing capacity for walls of different height and walls with sloping top plates shall
be as follows:

1. For bracing elements of heights greater than 2.4 metres, the brace rating of the tested
element shall be multiplied by:
2.4
element height in metres
2. For bracing elements of heights less than 2.4 metres, the brace rating shall be treated as
if they were 2.4 metres high.
3. Walls of varying heights shall have their bracing capacity adjusted in accordance with
5.4.1.3(1) using their average height.

Where bracing walls are at angles to the bracing lines they shall contribute to the
bracing by the following amounts:

1. 0.87 and 0.5 times the rated value where bracing walls are 30° to one direction
and 60° in the other direction to the bracing line,
2. 0.7 times the rated value where bracing walls are 45° in both directions to the
bracing line

Values of other angles shall be obtained by multiplying the rated value by the cosine of
the angle between the element and the bracing line being considered.

Bracing within the building, shall be located as close as possible to the corners of external walls
and be distributed evenly throughout the building.

Where buildings are more than one storey in height, wall bracing shall be designed for each
storey.

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 31


EQ/Wind direction A
EQ/Wind direction B

Typical distribution of bracing walls

Subfloor cross bracing,


Cantilevered piles or EQ/Wind
EQ/Wind bracing wall

Various bracing systems connecting horizontal diaphragms

Bracing lines in any storey shall not be more than 6 metres apart.

Areas covered by a diaphragm complying with 5.5 shall not require bracing lines within them,
provided the area covered by the diaphragm is supported by walls complying with 5.5.5.

No bracing line shall have a value less than the greater of 100 bracing units or 50% of the total
bracing demand divided by the number of bracing lines in the direction being considered.

For this purpose bracing lines less than 1 metre apart shall be considered one line. In addition
the limits of 5.4.1.8 and 5.4.1.9 apply.

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 32


The minimum capacity of internal bracing lines shall comply with 5.4.1.7.
Each internal brace line shall have a bracing capacity contributed by either of the
following or combination of them:
• Wall bracing elements in internal walls on the bracing line.
• Pairs of wall bracing elements in internal walls not more than 2 metres apart, one
on each side of the bracing line and parallel to it.

Each external wall in any storey shall have a total bracing capacity not less than the greater of
that required by 5.4.1.7 or 15 bracing units per metre of external wall length.

Parallel external walls offset no more than 2 metres from each other shall be permitted to be
treated as one bracing line.

5.5. DIAPHRAGMS

Ceiling diaphragms

Ceiling diaphragms to be constructed as follows:

1. The length of the diaphragm shall not exceed twice its width, both length and width being
measured between supporting walls;
2. The maximum length of any diaphragm shall be 12 metres;
3. The basic shape of the ceiling diaphragm shall be rectangular. Protrusions are permitted
but cut-outs are not, see Figure 5.6;
4. The perimeter of the ceiling diaphragm shall have a minimum of 35 mm x 35 mm x
0.55mm angle fixed to the walls with 10g screws at 300 mm centres and to each ceiling
batten;
5. The ceiling lining shall consist of a sheet material complying with 5.5.3;
6. Only complete sheets with a minimum size of 1800 mm x 900 mm shall be used except
where building dimensions require the end and/or side sheets to be cut.;
7. The lining shall be fastened with 6g screws fixed at 150 mm centres around the
diaphragm boundary into the 35 x 35 x 0.55 mm angle and the sheet perimeters, 300 mm
centres to intermediate supports, 10 mm minimum from the sheet edge.
8. Ceiling battens or blocking shall be provided under all sheet joints.

Ceiling diaphragm protrusions and cut outs


NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 33
Floor diaphragms

Floor diaphragms to be constructed as follows:

1. The length of the diaphragm shall not exceed twice its width, both length and width being
measured between supporting walls;
2. The maximum length of any diaphragm shall be 12 metres;
3. The flooring material shall consist of a sheet material complying with 5.5.4 over the entire
area of the diaphragm;
4. Only complete sheets with a minimum size of 2400 mm x 1200 mm shall be used except
where building dimensions require sheets to be cut;
5. Each sheet shall be fastened with 6g screws fixed at 150 mm centres around diaphragm
boundary and sheet perimeter, 300 mm centres to intermediate supports, 10 mm min from
sheet edge;
6. Blocking shall be provided under each sheet join as given in 8.4.4.1; and
7. Blocking or full joists shall be provided to the perimeter of the diaphragm.

Lining material for ceiling diaphragms

Lining material for ceiling diaphragms to be constructed as follows:

1. For diaphragms not steeper than 15° to the horizontal and not exceeding 7.5 metres long
under light or heavy roofs; lining material for ceiling diaphragms shall be a gypsum-based
sheet material not less than 10mm thick or a material that complies with 5.5.3(2);
2. For diaphragms not steeper than 25° to the horizontal and not exceeding 12 metres long
under light or heavy roofs, lining material for ceiling diaphragms shall be as follows:
i. Structural plywood complying to AS/NZS 2269 minimum thickness of 4.5 mm;
ii. Any other wood or fibre-cement based product not less than 4.5 mm thick having a
density of not less than 880 kg/m3; or
iii. Any other wood or fibre-cement based product not less than 6 mm thick having a
density not less than 600 kg/m3 (e.g. particleboard).
3. For diaphragms not more than 45° to the horizontal and not exceeding 7.5 metres long
light or heavy roofs, as for 2 above.

Lining material for floor diaphragms

Lining materials for diaphragm floors shall be either:

1. Wood-based components manufactured to AS/NZS 1860 with a minimum thickness of


19mm; or
2. Structural plywood manufactured to AS/NZS 2269 with a minimum thickness of 19mm.

Diaphragm connections to bracing elements

Diaphragms to be connected to bracing elements as follows:

1. Each edge of the diaphragm shall be connected to a bracing line having a bracing
capacity of not less than 15 bracing units /m of diaphragm dimension, measured at right
angles to the line being considered, provided that such a wall shall have a bracing
capacity of not less than 100 bracing units; and
2. Where 2 diaphragms are connected to a wall, then the bracing capacity of that wall shall
be greater than the sum of those required for each diaphragm.

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 34


M N
L = DIAPHRAGM LENGTH
A

A and B shall each have no less than


W= the greater of 15 x W or 100 BUs
DIAPHRAGM
WIDTH
M and N shall each have no less than
the greater of 15 x L or 100 BUs

Bracing lines supporting diaphragms

5.6. ROOF BRACING

General

Lateral restraint to trusses/rafters shall be provided by roof battens for the top of the truss/rafter
and the ceiling battens for the bottom of the truss/rafter as follows;

• Steel roof battens complying with 9.2.3 or


• Timber roof battens complying with 6.2.4.1 and 9.2.4, and
• Steel ceiling battens complying with 9.5.1 or
• Timber ceiling battens complying with 6.2.2.1 and 9.5.2.

The connection to the chords shall comply with 9.2.3 or 9.2.4 for roof battens, and 9.5.1
or 9.5.2 for ceiling battens.

Roof bracing for both truss and framed roofs shall be provided in accordance with this
section, except that roof plane braces and roof space braces may be omitted where
there is a ceiling diaphragm complying with 5.5 and directly attached to the rafters.

Small roof planes of less than 6 m2, such as dormers or porches, shall not require
bracing.

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 35


Roof Bracing

Typical roof bracing

One roof brace shall be provided every 50 m2 for a light roof and 25 m2 for a heavy roof.
Roof bracing shall consist of:
Roof plane diagonal braces complying with 5.6.3 or
Roof space diagonal braces complying with 5.6.4 or
Hip or valley rafters. Roofs with hip and valley rafters shall have at least 3 hip or valley rafters
connected to the ridge and top plates

Roof plane diagonal bracing

Each roof brace shall consist of the following:

A diagonally opposing pair of continuous steel straps each having a capacity of 4.0 kN in
tension, fixed to each top chord or rafter that is intersected and the top plate. The angle shall be
between 30 and 60 degrees to the truss top chord or rafter and shall not sag more than 1/500 of
the distance between supports. Where tension devices are used to remove excessive sag, care
shall be taken not to over-tension the braces. At the bottom end the strap shall be carried over
the top plate, down a stud by 100 mm, and fixed with a minimum of 4 x 10g screws.

Roof space diagonal bracing

Roof space diagonal bracing shall as far as possible be evenly distributed over the length of the
roof and run alternately in opposite directions, see 6.2.8 for construction details.

Each roof space diagonal brace shall:

• Run not steeper than 45° to the horizontal from top chord level to bottom chord level or
from ridge member or rafter level to ceiling level as appropriate; and
• Consist of a member of minimum SA or PA as given in Table 6.8. Where two members
are required, they shall be installed back to back with 2 10g screws at centres not
exceeding 1.0 metre.

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 36


6. ROOF FRAMING
6.1. GENERAL

The construction of roof framing members shall be in accordance with this section.

Roof framing shall consist of rafters, trusses and other structural elements as required by this
section.

Rafter spans include single or continuous spans.

Types of roofs and limitations

Roofs shall be formed by rafters supported on walls, ridge beams, and intermediate beams.

Roofs shall have ceilings.

Roof trusses shall be in accordance with 6.2.7.

6.2. BUILDING PRACTICE

Ceilings
Ceilings shall be fixed to the underside of rafters or the bottom chord of trusses with battens in
accordance with 6.2.3 or may be direct fixed where the rafter or truss centres are at 600mm
centres for 13 mm linings and 480 mm centres for 10mm linings.

Timber ceiling battens


If timber ceiling battens are used, they shall be designed in accordance with NZS 3604.

Ceiling battens

Ceiling battens shall be at maximum spacings of 480 mm for 10 mm linings, and maximum
spacings of 600 mm for 13 mm linings.

Ceiling battens shall have a maximum span of 1200 mm.

Roof battens

If timber roof battens are used they shall be designed in accordance with NZS 3604.

Any platforms constructed in the roof space above a ceiling for the support of a storage water
heater, feed tank, or the like, shall be to SED.
Note: The maximum load on any stud supporting a platform shall be 14.4 kN.

The truss design is to include the additional load requirements of the platform. (SED)

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 37


Rafters

Framing member rafters shall be in accordance with the spans given in Table 6.1 as determined
by the wind zone, rafter spacing, and roof weight.

Framing members shall be laterally restrained at maximum spacings of 1.35 metres with either
nogs or battens direct fixed to the top and bottom of each rafter.

PA or SA maximum spans in metres


Light roof Heavy roof
Wind Rafter spacings (mm)
zone 400 600 900 1200 400 600 900 1200
L 3.39 3.18 2.82 2.55 2.56 2.33 2.03 1.83
M 3.22 2.93 2.56 2.22 2.56 2.33 2.03 1.83
H 2.87 2.60 2.12 1.84 2.56 2.33 2.03 1.83
VH 2.61 2.26 1.85 1.60 2.56 2.33 2.03 1.83
EH 2.37 2.05 1.67 1.45 2.48 2.25 1.91 1.66

PB or SB maximum spans in metres


Light roof Heavy roof
Wind Rafter spacings (mm)
zone 400 600 900 1200 400 600 900 1200
L 3.83 3.48 3.04 2.76 3.05 2.77 2.42 2.18
M 3.47 3.16 2.76 2.50 3.05 2.77 2.42 2.18
H 3.09 2.81 2.45 2.12 3.05 2.77 2.42 2.18
VH 2.84 2.58 2.14 1.85 2.84 2.58 2.26 2.05
EH 2.67 2.37 1.93 1.67 2.67 2.42 2.12 1.91

PC or SC maximum spans in metres


Light roof Heavy roof
Wind Rafter spacings (mm)
zone 400 600 900 1200 400 600 900 1200
L 4.07 3.69 3.23 2.93 3.24 2.95 2.57 2.34
M 3.69 3.35 2.93 2.66 3.24 2.95 2.57 2.34
H 3.29 2.99 2.61 2.37 3.24 2.95 2.57 2.34
VH 3.02 2.74 2.39 2.07 3.02 2.74 2.40 2.18
EH 2.83 2.57 2.16 1.87 2.83 2.57 2.25 2.04

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 38


A vertical stud shall be provided within the rafter where the rafter is supported by any
intermediate beam or wall.

Web rafters shall be in accordance with Figure 6.1, and use the spans given in Table 6.2 to
Table 6.4, as determined by the wind zone, rafter spacing, and roof weight.

Refer to Appendix E for screw and dimple connection details.

Figure 6.1. Web rafter assembly

Chords PA & stud and web SA maximum spans in metres


Light roof Heavy roof
Wind Rafter spacings (mm)
zone 400 600 900 1200 400 600 900 1200
L 8.50 7.74 6.32 5.47 6.69 5.80 4.73 3.69
M 7.77 6.73 5.49 4.76 6.69 5.80 4.73 3.69
H 6.43 5.57 4.54 3.40 6.69 5.80 4.73 3.69
VH 5.61 4.86 3.45 2.59 6.48 5.61 4.58 3.45
EH 5.07 4.24 2.83 2.12 5.80 5.03 3.70 2.77

Chords PB or PC & stud and web SB or SC maximum spans in metres


Light roof Heavy roof
Wind Rafter spacings (mm)
zone 400 600 900 1200 400 600 900 1200
L 8.50 8.50 7.29 6.32 7.73 6.69 5.47 4.73
M 8.50 7.77 6.34 5.49 7.73 6.69 5.47 4.73
H 7.42 6.43 5.25 4.54 7.73 6.69 5.47 4.73
VH 6.48 5.61 4.58 3.97 7.48 6.48 5.29 4.58
EH 5.86 5.07 4.14 3.59 6.70 5.80 4.74 4.10

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 39


Chords PA & stud and web SA maximum spans in metres
Light roof Heavy roof
Wind Rafter spacings (mm)
zone 400 600 900 1200 400 600 900 1200
L 8.50 8.50 6.97 6.04 7.39 6.40 4.92 3.69
M 8.50 7.42 6.06 4.97 7.39 6.40 4.92 3.69
H 7.09 6.14 4.54 3.40 7.39 6.40 4.92 3.69
VH 6.19 5.18 3.45 2.59 7.15 6.19 4.61 3.45
EH 5.60 4.24 2.83 2.12 6.40 5.55 3.70 2.77

Chords PB or PC & stud and web SB or SC maximum spans in metres


Light roof Heavy roof
Wind Rafter spacings (mm)
zone 400 600 900 1200 400 600 900 1200
L 8.50 8.50 8.05 6.97 8.50 7.39 6.03 5.22
M 8.50 8.50 7.00 6.06 8.50 7.39 6.03 5.22
H 8.19 7.09 5.79 5.01 8.50 7.39 6.03 5.22
VH 7.15 6.19 5.05 4.38 8.25 7.15 5.83 5.05
EH 6.46 5.60 4.57 3.63 7.39 6.40 5.23 4.52

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 40


Chords PA & stud and web SA maximum spans in metres
Light roof Heavy roof
Wind Rafter spacings (mm)
zone 400 600 900 1200 400 600 900 1200
L 8.50 8.50 7.57 6.55 8.02 6.94 4.92 3.69
M 8.50 8.06 6.58 4.97 8.02 6.94 4.92 3.69
H 7.70 6.67 4.54 3.40 8.02 6.94 4.92 3.69
VH 6.72 5.18 3.45 2.59 7.76 6.72 4.61 3.45
EH 5.65 4.24 2.83 2.12 6.95 5.55 3.70 2.77

Chords PB & stud and web SB maximum spans in metres


Light roof Heavy roof
Wind Rafter spacings (mm)
zone 400 600 900 1200 400 600 900 1200
L 8.50 8.50 8.50 7.57 8.50 8.02 6.55 5.67
M 8.50 8.50 7.60 6.58 8.50 8.02 6.55 5.67
H 8.50 7.70 6.29 5.44 8.50 8.02 6.55 5.67
VH 7.76 6.72 5.49 4.44 8.50 7.76 6.33 5.49
EH 7.02 6.08 4.85 3.63 8.03 6.95 5.68 4.75

Chords PC & stud and web SC maximum spans in metres


Light roof Heavy roof
Wind Rafter spacings (mm)
zone 400 600 900 1200 400 600 900 1200
L 8.50 8.50 8.50 7.57 8.50 8.02 6.55 5.67
M 8.50 8.50 7.60 6.58 8.50 8.02 6.55 5.67
H 8.50 7.70 6.29 5.44 8.50 8.02 6.55 5.67
VH 7.76 6.72 5.49 4.75 8.50 7.76 6.33 5.49
EH 7.02 6.08 4.96 4.30 8.03 6.95 5.68 4.91

Ridge and intermediate roof beams span Tables

A vertical stud shall be provided within the rafter where the rafter is supported by any
intermediate beam or wall.

Web ridge and web intermediate roof beams shall be in accordance with Figure 6.2, and use
the spans given in Table 6.5 to Table 6.7, as determined by the wind zone, loaded dimension,
and roof weight.

Refer to Appendix E for screw and dimple connection details.

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 41


Figure 6.2. Web ridge and web intermediate beam assembly

Chords PA & stud and web SA maximum spans in metres


Light roof Heavy roof
Wind Ridge or beam loaded dimension (m)
zone 2.00 2.70 3.60 4.20 2.00 2.70 3.60 4.20
L 4.24 3.65 3.16 2.92 3.18 2.73 2.37 2.11
M 3.68 3.17 2.75 2.54 3.18 2.73 2.37 2.11
H 3.05 2.62 2.27 1.94 3.18 2.73 2.37 2.11
VH 2.66 2.29 1.73 1.48 3.07 2.64 2.29 1.97
EH 2.41 1.88 1.41 1.21 2.75 2.37 1.85 1.59
Chords PB or PC & stud and web SB or SC maximum spans in metres
Light roof Heavy roof
Wind Ridge or beam loaded dimension (m)
zone 2.00 2.70 3.60 4.20 2.00 2.70 3.60 4.20
L 4.89 4.21 3.65 3.38 3.67 3.16 2.73 2.53
M 4.25 3.66 3.17 2.94 3.67 3.16 2.73 2.53
H 3.52 3.03 2.62 2.43 3.67 3.16 2.73 2.53
VH 3.07 2.64 2.29 2.12 3.55 3.05 2.64 2.45
EH 2.78 2.39 2.07 1.92 3.18 2.74 2.37 2.19

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 42


Chords PA & stud and web SA maximum spans in metres
Light roof Heavy roof
Wind Ridge or beam loaded dimension (m)
zone 2.00 2.70 3.60 4.20 2.00 2.70 3.60 4.20
L 4.67 4.02 3.48 3.23 3.50 3.02 2.46 2.11
M 4.06 3.50 3.03 2.80 3.50 3.02 2.46 2.11
H 3.36 2.90 2.27 1.94 3.50 3.02 2.46 2.11
VH 2.94 2.30 1.73 1.48 3.39 2.92 2.30 1.97
EH 2.54 1.88 1.41 1.21 3.04 2.47 1.85 1.59
Chords PB or PC & stud and web SB or SC maximum spans in metres
Light roof Heavy roof
Wind Ridge or beam loaded dimension (m)
zone 2.00 2.70 3.60 4.20 2.00 2.70 3.60 4.20
L 5.40 4.65 4.02 3.72 4.05 3.48 3.02 2.79
M 4.69 4.04 3.50 3.24 4.05 3.48 3.02 2.79
H 3.88 3.34 2.90 2.68 4.05 3.48 3.02 2.79
VH 3.39 2.92 2.53 2.34 3.91 3.37 2.92 2.70
EH 3.07 2.64 2.29 2.08 3.51 3.02 2.61 2.42

Chords PA & stud and web SA maximum spans in metres


Light roof Heavy roof
Ridge or beam loaded dimension (m)
Wind
zone 2.00 2.70 3.60 4.20 2.00 2.70 3.60 4.20
L 5.08 4.37 3.78 3.50 3.80 3.27 2.46 2.11
M 4.41 3.80 3.29 2.84 3.80 3.27 2.46 2.11
H 3.65 3.02 2.27 1.94 3.80 3.27 2.46 2.11
VH 3.11 2.30 1.73 1.48 3.68 3.07 2.30 1.97
EH 2.54 1.88 1.41 1.21 3.30 2.47 1.85 1.59
Chords PB or PC & stud and web SB or SC maximum spans in metres
Light roof Heavy roof
Ridge or beam loaded dimension (m)
Wind
zone 2.00 2.70 3.60 4.20 2.00 2.70 3.60 4.20
L 5.86 5.04 4.37 4.04 4.39 3.78 3.27 3.03
M 5.10 4.39 3.80 3.52 4.39 3.78 3.27 3.03
H 4.22 3.63 3.14 2.91 4.39 3.78 3.27 3.03
VH 3.68 3.17 2.74 2.54 4.25 3.66 3.17 2.93
EH 3.33 2.86 2.42 2.08 3.81 3.28 2.84 2.62

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 43


Trussed roofs

Truss designs are SED.

Where used on buildings within the scope of this Standard, roof trusses shall be designed in
accordance with NASH Standard Part 1.

Trusses shall meet the following:

1. Standard truss maximum load: The maximum load bearing reaction of any truss shall be
6.0 kN in an upward direction and 7.2 kN in a downward direction.

2. Girder truss maximum load: The maximum load bearing reaction of any girder truss shall be
14.4 kN in an upward direction and 14.4 kN in a downward direction.
3. Maximum span of a truss shall be 12 metres.

4. Maximum spacing of trusses shall be 1.2 metres.

5. Maximum eave overhang shall be 750 mm.

6. Maximum pitch of trusses shall be 45°.

Comment:
A typical truss layout is shown in Figure 6.3.

Figure 6.3. Typical roof arrangements

Load bearing walls supporting trusses shall be in accordance with section 7.

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 44


Roof space diagonal bracing
Roof space diagonal bracing shall be constructed using members selected from Table 6.8 and
as shown in Figure 6.4

Roof space diagonal bracing


Member type Brace member maximum length (metre)
SA or PA 2.0
SA or PA back to back 4.2

Figure 6.4. Roof space diagonal brace

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 45


6.3. SOFFIT LADDER FRAMES

Gable end ladder frames

Gable end ladder frames shall be constructed with a minimum of PA or SA or a combination of


PA and SA members.

Outrigger spacing shall be a maximum of 600 mm.

Connections for soffit ladder frames to gable end frames and trusses shall be in accordance
with Figure 6.4.

The ladder frame connections shall be in accordance with Table 7.4, as for minimum
requirements for 0.75 mm BMT framing material.

Refer to appendix E for frame individual connection detail.

Figure 6.5. Ladder frames

Soffit bearers

Soffit bearers shall be a minimum of PA or SA members.

Soffit bearers shall be permitted as components of the truss or rafter assemblies or formed by
site fixed members in accordance with Figures 6.5 and 6.6

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 46


Figure 6.6. Soffit bearer assembly - option A

Figure 6.7. Soffit bearer assembly - option B

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 47


7. WALL FRAMING
7.1. GENERAL
The construction of wall framing shall be in accordance with this section.

Girder trusses shall land directly over 2 studs complying with the tolerances given in appendix A

Where extra studs are required within an upper storey to support loads, such as from a girder
truss or lintel, the stud and tie down requirements shall be the same for the lower floor.

Wall frames
Wall frames shall be constructed of studs, plates, nogging, and lintels as shown in Figure 7.1
and fixings shall be in accordance with 7.4.1.

7.2. WALL FRAMING MEMBERS

Plates

Top plates shall be in accordance with the spans given in Tables 7.1 and Table 7.2.

External wall bottom plates shall be in accordance with the spans given in Tables 7.3.

Studs

Studs shall be spaced to provide for the loads and fixings for linings and cladding.

The stud maximum spacing shall be 600 mm.

The maximum height (length) of any stud shall be 3 metres, except for gable end walls as
specified in Table 7.14.

The end clearance between studs and plates shall be not more than 3 mm (see Figure 7.8).

Studs shall comply with the span Tables within this Standard.

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 48


Nogs
Wall nogs shall be the same type as bottom plate.
The maximum spacing between nogs shall be 1350 mm.

Nogging shall be either continuous, individual in-line or staggered with web cut-outs for the
studs to pass through (see Figure 7.2 and Figure 7.3).

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 49


Gable end framing

Gable end frames for truss roofs shall be constructed in accordance with Figure 7.4 and 7.5 or
7.6.
Framing member types shall be the same materials as the wall below and gable end frame
studs shall line up with wall frame studs.
Comment:
A thermal break is required between the wall frame and the gable frame in a trussed roof. Refer to NASH
Thermal Break Solutions for these requirements.

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 50


Gable end frames for skillion roofs shall be constructed in accordance with Figure 7.7 and
Table 7.14.

Wall junctions
Walls shall be connected with a minimum of two 10g screws at the top plates, bottom plates,
and nogs as given in Figure 7.8.
Comment:
At wall junctions there should be sufficient members to fix linings. In some cases this may be a trim angle
attached in the corner.

Holes and notches in plates, nogs and studs

Service holes shall not be placed in the flanges of steel members.

Holes made by fasteners shall be permitted.

Notches in nogs where studs pass through shall be permitted be a maximum of 6 mm wider
than the stud flange.

For load bearing plates, nogs, and studs, holes shall not exceed the diameter specified with the
member classification as determined in Appendix D and be in accordance with the spacings
given in Figure 7.9.

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 51


Non-load bearing plates, studs, and nogs shall be permitted to have holes up to 75% of the web
width punched, notched or drilled. For example, an 89 mm stud with a 65 mm hole; and a
75 mm stud with a 55 mm hole.

The minimum spacing between holes shall be 4 x hole diameter.

7.3. WALL PLATE TABLES

Load bearing wall top plate


The top plate of load bearing walls shall be in accordance with one of the following:
1. types as given in Table 7.1 and Table 7.2, determined by their wind loading, loaded
dimension, roof weight, stud spacing, and floor location;
2. the alignment of a truss, rafter or floor joist shall be a maximum of 80 mm from the centre of
the supporting stud or;
3. when a truss, rafter or floor joist does not comply with 2 above the top plate shall be type PE;
4. where floor systems have a C-section boundary joist as given in Figure 8.1 and Figure 8.2,
this shall be considered the equivalent to a type PE top plate.
For the top plate of internal load bearing walls, the high wind zone values of Table 7.1 shall be
used.

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 52


Top plate type
Light roof Heavy roof
Wall loaded Stud spacing (mm) Stud spacing (mm)
Wind loading
dimension (m) 450 600 450 600
3.0 PB PC PC PD
Low/Medium 4.5 PD PD PD PD
6.0 PE PE PE PE
3.0 PB PC PC PD
High 4.5 PD PD PD PD
6.0 PE SED PE PE
3.0 PC PD PC PD
Very High 4.5 PE PE PD PE
6.0 SED SED SED SED
3.0 PD PD PC PD
Extra High 4.5 SED SED PE PE
6.0 SED SED SED SED

Top plate type


Wall of supporting Light roof Heavy roof
Wind loading floor loaded Stud Spacing (mm) Stud Spacing (mm)
dimension (m)
450 600 450 600
1.2 PB PC PC PC
2.0 PD PE PD PE
All wind zones
2.5 PE PE PE PE
3.0 PE PE PE PE

Load bearing wall bottom plate


The bottom plate of load bearing walls shall be in accordance with Table 7.3.

Bottom plate type


Light roof Heavy roof
Wind Loading Stud spacing (mm) Stud spacing (mm)
450 600 450 600
Low/Medium PA PA PA PA
High PA PB PA PB
Very High PB PB PB PB

Extra High PC PC PC PC

Internal wall bottom plates


Internal wall frame bottom plates shall be minimum type PA.

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 53


7.4. WALL STUD TABLES

Wall frame fixing requirement

Studs type shall be in accordance with Table 7.5 to Table 7.14.

Stud to plate connections shall match the colour codes given in Table 7.4. to Table 7.14.

Stud to nog connections shall have a minimum or one 10g screw or 4.8 mm rivet each side.

The minimum connections between studs and plates shall be two fixings (one each side of the
stud) at top plate, bottom plate, and nog as shown in Figure 7.10

Where studs are shown as 300mm spacing in accordance with Table 7.4 to Table 7.14 these
may be substituted for the same classification studs back to back at 600mm centers.

Refer to appendix E for more detail on wall connections

Framing material minimum BMT


0.75 mm 0.95 mm 1.15 mm

2 x 10 gauge screws or 2 x 10 gauge screws or 2 x 10 gauge screws or


2 x 4.8 mm rivets 2 x 4.8 mm rivets 2 x 4.8 mm rivets

4 x 10 gauge screws or 4 x 10 gauge screws or


2 x 10 gauge screws or
2 x 4.8mm rivets and 2 x 4.8 mm rivets and
2 x 4.8 mm rivets
2 x 10 gauge screws 2 x 10 gauge screws

4 x 10 gauge screws or 4 x 10 gauge screws or 4 x 10 gauge screws or


2 x 4.8 mm rivets and 2 x 4.8 mm rivets and 2 x 4.8 mm rivets and
2 x 10 gauge screws 2 x 10 gauge screws 2 x 10 gauge screws

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 54


Studs external load bearing single storey or upper of two storey

Stud type for the maximum height (length) of external load bearing studs in single or upper
storey with light roofs shall be in accordance with Table 7.5.

Stud type for maximum height (length) of: (m)


Loaded 2.4 2.7 3
Wind
dimension At maximum stud At maximum stud At maximum stud
zone
(m) spacing of (mm) spacing of (mm) spacing of (mm)
300 400 600 300 400 600 300 400 600
3.0 SA SA SA SA SA SB SA SA SB
Low -
4.5 SA SA SA SA SB SC SA SA SC
Medium
6.0 SA SA SB SB SC SC SA SB SC
3.0 SA SA SB SA SB SC SA SB SC
High 4.5 SA SB SC SC SC SC SB SC SC
6.0 SB SC SC SC SC SC SC SC SC
3.0 SA SB SC SC SC SC SC SC SC
Very
4.5 SC SC SC SC SC SC SC SC SC
High
6.0 SC SC SC SC SC SC SC SC SC
3.0 SB SC SC SC SC SC SC SC SED
Extra
4.5 SC SC SC SC SC SC SC SC SED
High
6.0 SC SC SC SC SC SC SC SC SED

Stud type for the maximum height (length) of external load bearing studs in single or upper
storey with heavy roofs shall be in accordance with Table 7.6.

Stud type for maximum height (length) of: (m)


Loaded 2.4 2.7 3
Wind
dimension At maximum stud At maximum stud At maximum stud
zone
(m) spacing of (mm) spacing of (mm) spacing of (mm)
300 400 600 300 400 600 300 400 600
3.0 SA SA SA SA SA SB SA SA SB
Low -
4.5 SA SA SB SA SB SC SA SB SC
Medium
6.0 SA SA SC SB SC SC SB SC SC
3.0 SA SA SB SA SB SC SA SB SC
High 4.5 SA SB SC SC SC SC SB SC SC
6.0 SC SC SC SC SC SC SC SC SC
3.0 SA SB SC SC SC SC SB SC SC
Very
4.5 SB SC SC SC SC SC SC SC SC
High
6.0 SC SC SC SC SC SC SC SC SC
3.0 SB SC SC SC SC SC SC SC SD
Extra
4.5 SC SC SC SC SC SC SC SC SED
High
6.0 SC SC SC SC SC SC SC SC SED

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 55


Studs in internal load bearing wall - single storey or upper of two storey

Stud type for the maximum height (length) of internal load bearing studs in single or upper
storey with light roofs shall be in accordance with Table 7.7.

Stud type for maximum height (length) of: (m)


Loaded 2.4 2.7 3
Wind
dimension At maximum stud At maximum stud At maximum stud
zone
(m) spacing of (mm) spacing of (mm) spacing of (mm)
300 400 600 300 400 600 300 400 600
3.0 SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA
Low -
4.5 SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA
Medium
6.0 SA SA SA SA SA SB SA SA SB
3.0 SA SA SA SA SA SB SA SA SB
High 4.5 SA SA SA SA SB SC SA SA SC
6.0 SA SA SC SC SC SC SB SC SC
3.0 SA SA SA SA SB SC SA SB SC
Very
4.5 SA SB SC SC SC SC SB SC SC
High
6.0 SC SC SC SC SC SC SC SC SC
3.0 SA SA SC SB SC SC SB SC SC
Extra
4.5 SB SC SC SC SC SC SC SC SC
High
6.0 SC SC SC SC SC SC SC SC SC

Stud type for the maximum height (length) of internal load bearing studs in single or upper
storey with heavy roofs shall be in accordance with Table 7.8.

Stud type for maximum height (length) of: (m)


Loaded 2.4 2.7 3
Wind
dimension At maximum stud At maximum stud At maximum stud
zone
(m) spacing of (mm) spacing of (mm) spacing of (mm)
300 400 600 300 400 600 300 400 600
3.0 SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA
Low -
4.5 SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA SA
Medium
6.0 SA SA SA SA SB SC SA SA SB
3.0 SA SA SA SA SA SB SA SA SB
High 4.5 SA SA SA SA SB SC SA SA SC
6.0 SA SA SC SC SC SC SB SC SC
3.0 SA SA SA SA SB SC SA SA SC
Very
4.5 SA SA SC SB SC SC SB SC SC
High
6.0 SC SC SC SC SC SC SC SC SC
3.0 SA SA SB SB SC SC SA SB SC
Extra
4.5 SB SC SC SC SC SC SC SC SC
High
6.0 SC SC SC SC SC SC SC SC SC

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 56


Studs in external load bearing walls - lower of two storey

Stud type for the maximum height (length) of external load bearing studs in the lower of two
storeys with light roofs shall be in accordance with Table 7.9.
For Table 7.9 the maximum wall loaded dimension from joists shall be 3.0 metres.

Stud type for maximum height (length) of: (m)


Loaded 2.4 2.7 3
dimension
Wind zone At maximum stud At maximum stud At maximum stud
from roof
spacing of (mm) spacing of (mm) spacing of (mm)
(m)
300 400 600 300 400 600 300 400 600
3.0 SA SA SB SA SB SC SA SA SC
Low -
4.5 SA SA SB SA SB SC SA SA SC
Medium
6.0 SA SA SC SA SB SC SA SA SC
3.0 SA SA SC SA SB SC SA SB SC
High 4.5 SA SA SC SA SC SC SA SC SC
6.0 SA SB SC SB SC SC SA SC SC
3.0 SA SB SC SB SC SC SB SC SC
Very High 4.5 SA SB SC SB SC SC SB SC SC
6.0 SA SC SC SC SC SC SC SC SC
3.0 SA SC SC SC SC SC SC SC SD
Extra High 4.5 SA SC SC SC SC SC SC SC SD
6.0 SB SC SC SC SC SC SC SC SD

Stud type for the maximum height (length) of external load bearing studs in the lower of two
storeys with heavy roofs shall be in accordance with Table 7.10.
For Table 7.10 the maximum wall loaded dimension from joists shall be 3.0 metres.

Stud type for maximum height (length) of: (m)


Loaded
2.4 2.7 3
dimension
Wind zone At maximum stud At maximum stud At maximum stud
from roof
(m) spacing of (mm) spacing of (mm) spacing of (mm)
300 400 600 300 400 600 300 400 600
3.0 SA SA SB SA SB SC SA SA SC
Low -
4.5 SA SB SC SA SB SC SA SB SC
Medium
6.0 SA SB SC SA SC SC SA SC SC
3.0 SA SA SC SA SC SC SA SC SC
High 4.5 SA SB SC SB SC SC SB SC SC
6.0 SA SC SC SB SC SC SB SC SC
3.0 SA SB SC SB SC SC SB SC SC
Very High 4.5 SA SC SC SC SC SC SC SC SC
6.0 SB SC SC SC SC SC SC SC SC
3.0 SA SC SC SC SC SC SC SC SD
Extra High 4.5 SB SC SC SC SC SC SC SC SD
6.0 SC SC SC SC SC SC SC SC SD
NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 57
Studs in Internal load bearing wall - Floor load only - Lower of two storey

Stud type for the maximum height (length) of internal load bearing studs in the lower storey of a
two storey building shall be in accordance with Table 7.11.
For Table 7.11 the maximum wall loaded dimension from joists shall be 3.0 metres each side.

Stud type for maximum height (length) of: (m)


2.4 2.7 3
At maximum stud At maximum stud At maximum stud
spacing of (mm) spacing of (mm) spacing of (mm)
300 400 600 300 400 600 300 400 600

SA SA SB SA SB SC SA SB SC

Studs in Internal load bearing wall - Floor and roof load - Lower of two storey
For Table 7.12 and 7.13 the maximum wall loaded dimension from joists shall be 3.0 metres
each side.

Stud type for maximum height (length) of: (m)


Loaded
2.4 2.7 3
Wind dimension
zone from roof At maximum stud At maximum stud At maximum stud
(m) spacing of (mm) spacing of (mm) spacing of (mm)
300 400 600 300 400 600 300 400 600
3.0 SB SB SC SB SC SC SB SB SC
Low -
4.5 SB SB SC SB SC SC SB SB SC
Medium
6.0 SB SC SC SB SC SC SB SC SC
3.0 SB SB SC SB SC SC SB SB SC
High 4.5 SB SB SC SB SC SC SB SB SC
6.0 SB SC SC SB SC SC SB SC SC
3.0 SB SB SC SB SC SC SB SB SC
Very
4.5 SB SB SC SB SC SC SB SC SC
High
6.0 SB SC SC SB SC SC SB SC SC
3.0 SB SB SC SB SC SC SB SC SC
Extra
4.5 SB SB SC SB SC SC SB SC SC
High
6.0 SB SC SC SC SC SC SB SC SC

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 58


Stud type for maximum height (length) of: (m)
Loaded
2.4 2.7 3
Wind Dimension
Zone from roof At maximum stud At maximum stud At maximum stud
(m) spacing of (mm) spacing of (mm) spacing of (mm)
300 400 600 300 400 600 300 400 600
3.0 SB SC SC SB SC SC SB SC SC
Low -
4.5 SB SC SC SC SC SC SB SC SC
Medium
6.0 SB SC SC SC SC SC SB SC SC
3.0 SB SC SC SB SC SC SB SC SC
High 4.5 SB SC SC SC SC SC SB SC SC
6.0 SB SC SC SC SC SC SB SC SC
3.0 SB SC SC SB SC SC SB SC SC
Very
4.5 SB SC SC SC SC SC SB SC SC
High
6.0 SB SC SC SC SC SC SB SC SC
3.0 SB SC SC SB SC SC SB SC SC
Extra
4.5 SB SC SC SC SC SC SB SC SC
High
6.0 SB SC SC SC SC SC SC SC SC

Studs in gable end walls (skillion roof)

Stud type for the maximum height (lengths) of studs in gable end walls shall be in accordance
with Table 7.14.
The maximum spacing of nogs in walls with studs subject to Table 7.14 shall be 1350 mm.

Stud types for maximum height (length) of: (m)


3 3.6
Wind Zone At maximum stud At maximum stud spacing of
spacing of (mm) (mm)
300 400 600 300 400 600
Low - Medium SA SB SB SB SB SC
High SC SC SC SC SC SC
Very High SC SC SC SC SC SED

Extra High SC SC SED SC SC SED

7.5. JAMB STUDS


Jamb studs shall be fixed in accordance with 7.5.2.

Jamb stud tables

The maximum clear widths of openings on external walls for a single storey or the upper of a
two storey building with a light roof, as determined by the number of jamb studs, shall be in
accordance with Table 7.15.

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 59


Maximum clear width of opening on external wall in metres
Wall Stud type
loaded
Stud Wind SA SB SC
dimension
height zone Number of jamb
from roof Number of jamb studs Number of jamb studs
(m) studs
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
3.0 1.0 2.6 4.2 4.8 1.6 3.8 4.8 4.8 2.2 4.8 4.8 4.8
Low-
4.5 0.8 2.2 3.7 4.8 1.4 3.4 4.8 4.8 1.9 4.5 4.8 4.8
Medium
6.0 0.7 2.0 3.3 4.6 1.2 3.0 4.8 4.8 1.7 4.0 4.8 4.8
3.0 SED 1.7 2.9 4.1 1.0 2.6 4.2 4.8 1.4 3.4 4.8 4.8
High 4.5 SED 1.5 2.5 3.6 0.8 2.3 3.7 4.8 1.2 3.1 4.8 4.8
6.0 SED 1.3 2.2 3.2 0.7 2.0 3.4 4.8 1.1 2.8 4.5 4.8
2.4m
3.0 SED 1.2 2.1 3.1 0.6 1.9 3.2 4.4 1.0 2.6 4.2 4.8
Very
4.5 SED 1.0 1.9 2.7 SED 1.7 2.8 4.0 0.8 2.3 3.8 4.8
High
6.0 SED 0.9 1.6 2.4 SED 1.5 2.5 3.6 0.7 2.1 3.4 4.8
3.0 SED 0.9 1.7 2.4 SED 1.5 2.5 3.6 0.7 2.0 3.3 4.7
Extra
4.5 SED 0.7 1.4 2.1 SED 1.3 2.2 3.2 0.6 1.8 3.0 4.2
High
6.0 SED 0.6 1.3 1.9 SED 1.1 2.0 2.9 SED 1.6 2.7 3.9
3.0 SED 1.6 2.8 3.9 1.0 2.6 4.2 4.8 1.5 3.6 5.7 4.8
Low-
4.5 SED 1.4 2.5 3.5 0.8 2.3 3.7 4.8 1.3 3.2 5.1 4.8
Medium
6.0 SED 1.3 2.2 3.2 0.7 2.0 3.4 4.7 1.1 2.9 4.7 4.8
3.0 SED 1.0 1.8 2.7 SED 1.7 2.8 4.0 0.9 2.4 3.9 4.8
High 4.5 SED 0.9 1.6 2.4 SED 1.5 2.6 3.6 0.8 2.2 3.6 4.8
6.0 SED 0.7 1.4 2.1 SED 1.3 2.3 3.3 0.7 2.0 3.3 4.6
2.7m
3.0 SED 0.6 1.3 1.9 SED 1.2 2.1 3.0 SED 1.7 2.9 4.1
Very
4.5 SED SED 1.1 1.7 SED 1.0 1.9 2.7 SED 1.6 2.7 3.8
High
6.0 SED SED 1.0 1.6 SED 0.9 1.7 2.5 SED 1.4 2.4 3.4
3.0 SED SED 1.0 1.5 SED 0.9 1.6 2.4 SED 1.3 2.3 3.3
Extra
4.5 SED SED 0.8 1.3 SED 0.7 1.4 2.1 SED 1.2 2.1 3.0
High
6.0 SED SED 0.7 1.2 SED 0.6 1.3 1.9 SED 1.1 1.9 2.8
3.0 SED 1.7 2.8 4.0 SED 2.5 4.0 4.8 1.3 3.3 4.8 4.8
Low-
4.5 SED 1.5 2.5 3.6 SED 2.3 3.7 4.8 1.2 3.0 4.8 4.8
Medium
6.0 SED 1.3 2.3 3.3 SED 2.1 3.4 4.8 1.1 2.8 4.5 4.8
3.0 SED 1.0 1.8 2.7 SED 1.6 2.7 3.9 0.8 2.2 3.6 4.8
High 4.5 SED 0.9 1.7 2.4 SED 1.5 2.5 3.6 0.7 2.0 3.3 4.8
6.0 SED 0.8 1.5 2.2 SED 1.3 2.3 3.3 0.6 1.8 3.1 4.3
3.0m
3.0 SED 0.6 1.3 1.9 SED 1.1 2.0 2.9 SED 1.6 2.7 3.8
Very
4.5 SED 0.6 1.2 1.8 SED 1.0 1.8 2.6 SED 1.4 2.5 3.5
High
6.0 SED SED 1.0 1.6 SED 0.9 1.7 2.4 SED 1.3 2.3 3.3
3.0 SED SED 1.0 1.5 SED 0.8 1.5 2.3 SED 1.2 2.1 3.0
Extra 4.5 SED SED 0.9 1.4 SED 0.7 1.4 2.1 SED 1.1 1.9 2.8
High
6.0 SED SED 0.8 1.2 SED 0.6 1.3 1.9 SED 1.0 1.8 2.6

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 60


The maximum clear widths of openings on external walls for a single storey or the upper of a
two storey building with a heavy roof, as determined by the number of jamb studs, shall be in
accordance with Table 7.16.

Maximum clear width of opening on external wall in metres


Wall Stud type
loaded
Stud Wind SA SB SC
dimension
height zone Number of jamb Number of jamb Number of jamb
from roof
(m) studs studs studs
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
3.0 0.7 2.1 3.5 4.8 1.3 3.2 4.8 4.8 1.8 4.3 4.8 4.8
Low-
4.5 SED 1.7 2.9 4.1 1.0 2.7 4.3 4.8 1.5 3.6 4.8 4.8
Medium
6.0 SED 1.4 2.4 3.5 0.8 2.3 3.7 4.8 1.2 3.1 4.8 4.8
3.0 SED 1.5 2.5 3.6 0.8 2.3 3.7 4.8 1.2 3.1 4.8 4.8
High 4.5 SED 1.2 2.1 3.0 0.6 1.9 3.2 4.5 1.0 2.6 4.2 4.8
6.0 SED 1.0 1.8 2.6 SED 1.6 2.8 3.9 0.8 2.3 3.7 4.8
2.4m
3.0 SED 1.0 1.9 2.7 SED 1.7 2.9 4.0 0.8 2.3 3.8 4.8
Very
4.5 SED 0.8 1.6 2.3 SED 1.4 2.4 3.5 0.7 2.0 3.3 4.6
High
6.0 SED 0.7 1.3 2.0 SED 1.2 2.1 3.1 SED 1.7 2.9 4.1
3.0 SED 0.8 1.5 2.2 SED 1.3 2.3 3.3 0.6 1.8 3.1 4.3
Extra
4.5 SED 0.6 1.2 1.9 SED 1.1 2.0 2.9 SED 1.6 2.7 3.8
High
6.0 SED SED 1.0 1.6 SED 0.9 1.7 2.5 SED 1.4 2.4 3.4
3.0 SED 1.4 2.4 3.4 SED 2.2 3.6 4.8 1.2 3.1 5.0 4.8
Low-
4.5 SED 1.1 2.0 2.9 SED 1.8 3.1 4.3 1.0 2.7 4.3 4.8
Medium
6.0 SED 0.9 1.7 2.5 SED 1.6 2.7 3.8 0.8 2.3 3.8 4.8
3.0 SED 0.9 1.6 2.4 SED 1.5 2.5 3.6 0.7 2.1 3.5 4.8
High 4.5 SED 0.7 1.4 2.0 SED 1.2 2.2 3.1 0.6 1.8 3.1 4.3
6.0 SED 0.6 1.2 1.8 SED 1.1 1.9 2.8 SED 1.6 2.7 3.9
2.7m
3.0 SED 0.6 1.2 1.8 SED 1.0 1.9 2.7 SED 1.6 2.7 3.8
Very
4.5 SED SED 1.0 1.5 SED 0.9 1.6 2.4 SED 1.4 2.4 3.4
High
6.0 SED SED 0.8 1.3 SED 0.7 1.4 2.1 SED 1.2 2.1 3.0
3.0 SED SED 0.9 1.4 SED 0.8 1.5 2.2 SED 1.2 2.1 3.1
Extra
4.5 SED SED 0.7 1.2 SED 0.6 1.3 1.9 SED 1.0 1.9 2.7
High
6.0 SED SED 0.6 1.0 SED SED 1.1 1.7 SED 0.9 1.7 2.5
3.0 SED 1.4 2.4 3.5 SED 2.2 3.6 4.8 1.1 2.9 4.7 4.8
Low-
4.5 SED 1.2 2.1 3.0 SED 1.9 3.1 4.4 1.0 2.6 4.2 4.8
Medium
6.0 SED 1.0 1.8 2.6 SED 1.6 2.8 3.9 0.8 2.3 3.7 4.8
3.0 SED 0.9 1.6 2.4 SED 1.4 2.5 3.5 0.7 2.0 3.3 4.7
High 4.5 SED 0.7 1.4 2.1 SED 1.2 2.2 3.1 0.6 1.8 3.0 4.2
6.0 SED 0.6 1.2 1.8 SED 1.1 2.0 2.8 SED 1.6 2.7 3.8
3.0m
3.0 SED 0.6 1.2 1.8 SED 1.0 1.8 2.7 SED 1.5 2.5 3.6
Very
4.5 SED SED 1.0 1.6 SED 0.9 1.6 2.4 SED 1.3 2.2 3.2
High
6.0 SED SED 0.9 1.4 SED 0.8 1.5 2.2 SED 1.1 2.0 2.9
3.0 SED SED 0.9 1.4 SED 0.7 1.4 2.1 SED 1.1 2.0 2.9
Extra
4.5 SED SED 0.7 1.2 SED 0.6 1.3 1.9 SED 1.0 1.8 2.6
High
6.0 SED SED 0.6 1.1 SED SED 1.1 1.7 SED 0.9 1.6 2.4

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 61


The maximum clear widths of openings on external walls for the lower of a two storey building
with light roofs, as determined by the number of jamb studs, shall be in accordance with
Table 7.17.

Maximum wall loaded dimension from floor 3.0m


Maximum clear width of opening on external wall in metres
Wall Stud type
loaded
Stud Wind SA SB SC
dimension
height zone Number of jamb Number of jamb Number of jamb
from roof
(m) studs studs studs
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
3.0 0.6 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.1 2.2 2.5 2.5 1.6 3.0 3.7 3.7
Low-
4.5 SED 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.0 2.0 2.4 2.5 1.4 2.8 3.6 3.7
Medium
6.0 SED 1.1 1.2 1.2 0.8 1.8 2.3 2.4 1.3 2.6 3.5 3.6
3.0 SED 1.0 1.3 1.3 0.7 1.7 2.4 2.5 1.1 2.3 3.2 3.7
High 4.5 SED 0.9 1.2 1.3 0.6 1.5 2.2 2.5 0.9 2.1 3.0 3.7
6.0 SED 0.8 1.2 1.2 SED 1.4 2.0 2.4 0.8 1.9 2.8 3.5
2.4m
3.0 SED 0.7 1.2 1.3 SED 1.3 1.9 2.5 0.7 1.8 2.7 3.4
Very
4.5 SED 0.6 1.1 1.3 SED 1.1 1.8 2.3 0.6 1.7 2.5 3.1
High
6.0 SED SED 1.0 1.2 SED 1.0 1.6 2.1 SED 1.5 2.3 2.9
3.0 SED SED 1.0 1.3 SED 1.0 1.6 2.1 SED 1.5 2.3 2.9
Extra
4.5 SED SED 0.9 1.2 SED 0.9 1.5 1.9 SED 1.3 2.1 2.7
High
6.0 SED SED 0.8 1.1 SED 0.8 1.3 1.8 SED 1.2 1.9 2.5
3.0 SED 0.9 1.0 1.0 0.6 1.5 1.9 1.9 1.1 2.2 3.1 3.1
Low-
4.5 SED 0.8 0.9 1.0 0.6 1.4 1.8 1.9 0.9 2.1 2.9 3.1
Medium
6.0 SED 0.7 0.9 0.9 SED 1.3 1.8 1.8 0.8 1.9 2.7 3.0
3.0 SED 0.6 1.0 1.0 SED 1.1 1.6 1.9 0.7 1.6 2.4 3.0
High 4.5 SED SED 0.9 1.0 SED 1.0 1.5 1.9 0.6 1.5 2.2 2.8
6.0 SED SED 0.8 0.9 SED 0.9 1.4 1.8 SED 1.4 2.1 2.7
2.7m
3.0 SED SED 0.7 1.0 SED 0.8 1.3 1.7 SED 1.2 1.9 2.5
Very
4.5 SED SED 0.6 0.9 SED 0.7 1.2 1.6 SED 1.1 1.8 2.3
High
6.0 SED SED 0.6 0.8 SED 0.6 1.1 1.5 SED 1.0 1.7 2.2
3.0 SED SED SED 0.8 SED 0.6 1.0 1.4 SED 1.0 1.6 2.1
Extra
4.5 SED SED SED 0.7 SED SED 0.9 1.3 SED 0.9 1.5 2.0
High
6.0 SED SED SED 0.7 SED SED 0.9 1.2 SED 0.8 1.4 1.9
3.0 SED 1.0 1.3 1.3 SED 1.6 2.3 2.5 1.0 2.2 3.2 3.7
Low-
4.5 SED 0.9 1.2 1.3 SED 1.5 2.2 2.5 0.9 2.1 3.0 3.7
Medium
6.0 SED 0.8 1.2 1.2 SED 1.4 2.0 2.4 0.8 1.9 2.8 3.5
3.0 SED 0.6 1.0 1.3 SED 1.1 1.7 2.2 0.6 1.6 2.4 3.1
High 4.5 SED SED 1.0 1.3 SED 1.0 1.6 2.1 SED 1.5 2.3 2.9
6.0 SED SED 0.9 1.2 SED 0.9 1.5 2.0 SED 1.4 2.1 2.8
3.0m
3.0 SED SED 0.8 1.1 SED 0.8 1.3 1.8 SED 1.2 1.9 2.5
Very
4.5 SED SED 0.7 1.0 SED 0.7 1.2 1.7 SED 1.1 1.8 2.3
High
6.0 SED SED 0.6 0.9 SED 0.6 1.1 1.6 SED 1.0 1.7 2.2
3.0 SED SED SED 0.9 SED 0.6 1.1 1.5 SED 0.9 1.5 2.1
Extra
4.5 SED SED SED 0.8 SED SED 1.0 1.4 SED 0.8 1.4 2.0
High
6.0 SED SED SED 0.7 SED SED 0.9 1.3 SED 0.8 1.3 1.9

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 62


The maximum clear widths of openings on external walls for the lower of a two storey building
with heavy roof, as determined by the number of jamb studs, shall be in accordance with
Table 7.18.

Maximum wall loaded dimension from floor 3.0m


Maximum clear width of opening on external wall in metres
Wall Stud type
loaded
Stud Wind SA SB SC
dimension
height zone Number of jamb Number of jamb Number of jamb
from roof
(m) studs studs studs
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
3.0 SED 1.0 1.1 1.2 0.9 2.0 2.2 2.3 1.4 2.7 3.4 3.5
Low-
4.5 SED 0.9 1.0 1.1 0.7 1.7 2.1 2.2 1.1 2.4 3.1 3.3
Medium
6.0 SED 0.8 0.9 1.0 0.6 1.5 1.9 2.1 0.9 2.1 2.9 3.1
3.0 SED 0.9 1.1 1.2 0.6 1.5 2.2 2.3 0.9 2.1 3.0 3.5
High 4.5 SED 0.7 1.0 1.1 SED 1.3 1.9 2.2 0.8 1.8 2.7 3.3
6.0 SED 0.6 0.9 1.0 SED 1.1 1.7 2.1 0.6 1.6 2.4 3.1
3.0 SED 0.6 1.1 1.2 SED 1.2 1.8 2.3 0.7 1.7 2.5 3.2
Very
4.5 SED SED 0.9 1.1 SED 1.0 1.6 2.1 SED 1.5 2.2 2.9
High
6.0 SED SED 0.8 1.0 SED 0.9 1.4 1.9 SED 1.3 2.0 2.6
3.0 SED SED 0.9 1.2 SED 0.9 1.5 2.0 SED 1.4 2.1 2.7
Extra
4.5 SED SED 0.7 1.1 SED 0.8 1.3 1.8 SED 1.2 1.9 2.5
High
6.0 SED SED 0.6 0.9 SED 0.7 1.2 1.6 SED 1.1 1.7 2.3
3.0 SED 0.8 0.8 0.9 SED 1.3 1.7 1.8 0.9 2.0 2.8 2.9
Low-
4.5 SED 0.6 0.8 0.8 SED 1.2 1.6 1.7 0.8 1.8 2.6 2.8
Medium
6.0 SED SED 0.7 0.8 SED 1.0 1.4 1.6 0.6 1.6 2.3 2.6
3.0 SED SED 0.8 0.9 SED 1.0 1.5 1.8 0.6 1.5 2.2 2.8
High 4.5 SED SED 0.8 0.8 SED 0.8 1.3 1.7 SED 1.3 2.0 2.6
6.0 SED SED 0.7 0.8 SED 0.7 1.2 1.6 SED 1.2 1.8 2.4
2.7m
3.0 SED SED 0.7 0.9 SED 0.7 1.2 1.6 SED 1.1 1.8 2.4
Very
4.5 SED SED 0.6 0.8 SED 0.6 1.1 1.4 SED 1.0 1.6 2.2
High
6.0 SED SED SED 0.7 SED SED 0.9 1.3 SED 0.9 1.5 2.0
3.0 SED SED SED 0.8 SED SED 1.0 1.3 SED 0.9 1.5 2.0
Extra
4.5 SED SED SED 0.7 SED SED 0.8 1.2 SED 0.8 1.3 1.8
High
6.0 SED SED SED 0.6 SED SED 0.7 1.1 SED 0.7 1.2 1.7
3.0 SED 0.8 1.1 1.2 SED 1.4 2.1 2.3 0.9 2.0 2.9 3.5
Low-
4.5 SED 0.7 1.0 1.1 SED 1.3 1.9 2.2 0.8 1.8 2.7 3.3
Medium
6.0 SED 0.6 0.9 1.0 SED 1.1 1.7 2.1 0.6 1.6 2.5 3.1
3.0 SED SED 1.0 1.2 SED 1.0 1.6 2.1 SED 1.5 2.2 2.9
High 4.5 SED SED 0.8 1.1 SED 0.9 1.4 1.9 SED 1.3 2.1 2.7
6.0 SED SED 0.7 1.0 SED 0.8 1.3 1.8 SED 1.2 1.9 2.5
3.0m
3.0 SED SED 0.7 1.0 SED 0.7 1.2 1.7 SED 1.1 1.8 2.4
Very
4.5 SED SED 0.6 0.9 SED 0.6 1.1 1.6 SED 1.0 1.6 2.2
High
6.0 SED SED SED 0.8 SED SED 1.0 1.4 SED 0.9 1.5 2.0
3.0 SED SED SED 0.8 SED SED 1.0 1.4 SED 0.9 1.5 2.0
Extra
4.5 SED SED SED 0.7 SED SED 0.9 1.3 SED 0.8 1.3 1.8
High
6.0 SED SED SED 0.6 SED SED 0.8 1.2 SED 0.7 1.2 1.7

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 63


The maximum clear widths of openings on internal walls for single storey or the upper of a two
storey building with a light roof, as determined by the number of jamb studs, shall be in
accordance with Table 7.19.

Maximum clear width of opening on internal wall in metres


Wall Stud type
loaded
Stud Wind SA SB SC
dimension
height zone Number of jamb Number of jamb
from roof Number of jamb studs
(m) studs studs
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
3.0 1.8 4.2 4.8 4.8 2.7 4.8 4.8 4.8 3.7 4.8 4.8 4.8
Low-
4.5 1.4 3.5 4.8 4.8 2.2 4.8 4.8 4.8 3.1 4.8 4.8 4.8
Medium
6.0 1.1 2.9 4.7 4.8 1.9 4.4 4.8 4.8 2.6 4.8 4.8 4.8
3.0 1.1 2.9 4.7 4.8 1.8 4.3 4.8 4.8 2.5 4.8 4.8 4.8
High 4.5 0.9 2.4 3.9 4.8 1.5 3.6 4.8 4.8 2.1 4.8 4.8 4.8
6.0 0.7 2.0 3.4 4.7 1.2 3.1 4.8 4.8 1.8 4.2 4.8 4.8
2.4m
3.0 0.8 2.2 3.6 4.8 1.3 3.3 4.8 4.8 1.9 4.4 4.8 4.8
Very
4.5 0.6 1.8 3.0 4.2 1.1 2.8 4.5 4.8 1.5 3.7 4.8 4.8
High
6.0 SED 1.5 2.6 3.6 0.9 2.4 3.9 4.8 1.3 3.2 4.8 4.8
3.0 SED 1.7 2.9 4.1 1.0 2.6 4.3 4.8 1.4 3.5 4.8 4.8
Extra
4.5 SED 1.4 2.4 3.4 0.8 2.2 3.6 4.8 1.2 3.0 4.8 4.8
High
6.0 SED 1.1 2.0 2.9 0.6 1.9 3.2 4.4 1.0 2.6 4.2 4.8
3.0 SED 2.9 4.7 4.8 1.9 4.4 4.8 4.8 2.7 4.8 4.8 4.8
Low-
4.5 SED 2.4 4.0 4.8 1.5 3.7 4.8 4.8 2.2 4.8 4.8 4.8
Medium
6.0 SED 2.1 3.4 4.8 1.3 3.2 4.8 4.8 1.9 4.5 4.8 4.8
3.0 SED 2.0 3.3 4.6 1.2 3.0 4.8 4.8 1.8 4.2 4.8 4.8
High 4.5 SED 1.6 2.8 3.9 1.0 2.6 4.2 4.8 1.5 3.6 4.8 4.8
6.0 SED 1.4 2.4 3.4 0.8 2.2 3.6 4.8 1.3 3.2 4.8 4.8
2.7m
3.0 SED 1.4 2.4 3.4 0.8 2.2 3.7 4.8 1.2 3.1 4.8 4.8
Very
4.5 SED 1.2 2.1 3.0 0.6 1.9 3.2 4.4 1.0 2.7 4.4 4.8
High
6.0 SED 1.0 1.8 2.6 SED 1.6 2.8 3.9 0.9 2.4 3.9 4.8
3.0 SED 1.1 1.9 2.8 0.6 1.8 3.0 4.2 0.9 2.5 4.1 4.8
Extra
4.5 SED 0.9 1.6 2.4 SED 1.5 2.5 3.6 0.8 2.2 3.6 4.8
High
6.0 SED 0.7 1.4 2.1 SED 1.3 2.2 3.2 0.6 1.9 3.2 4.4
3.0 SED 3.0 4.8 4.8 SED 4.3 4.8 4.8 2.5 4.8 4.8 4.8
Low-
4.5 SED 2.5 4.1 4.8 SED 3.8 4.8 4.8 2.2 4.8 4.8 4.8
Medium
6.0 SED 2.2 3.6 4.8 SED 3.3 4.8 4.8 1.9 4.5 4.8 4.8
3.0 SED 2.0 3.3 4.6 SED 3.0 4.8 4.8 1.7 4.0 4.8 4.8
High 4.5 SED 1.7 2.9 4.0 SED 2.6 4.2 4.8 1.4 3.5 4.8 4.8
6.0 SED 1.5 2.5 3.6 SED 2.3 3.8 4.8 1.2 3.1 4.8 4.8
3.0m
3.0 SED 1.4 2.5 3.5 SED 2.2 3.6 4.8 1.2 3.0 4.8 4.8
Very
4.5 SED 1.2 2.1 3.1 SED 1.9 3.2 4.5 1.0 2.6 4.3 4.8
High
6.0 SED 1.0 1.9 2.7 SED 1.7 2.9 4.0 0.8 2.3 3.8 4.8
3.0 SED 1.1 2.0 2.8 SED 1.7 2.9 4.1 0.9 2.4 3.9 4.8
Extra
4.5 SED 0.9 1.7 2.5 SED 1.5 2.6 3.6 0.7 2.1 3.4 4.8
High
6.0 SED 0.8 1.5 2.2 SED 1.3 2.3 3.3 0.6 1.8 3.1 4.3

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 64


The maximum clear widths of openings on internal walls for single storey or the upper of two
storey building with a heavy roof, as determined by the number of jamb studs, shall be in
accordance with Table 7.20.

Maximum clear width of opening on internal wall in metres


Wall Stud type
loaded
Stud Wind SA SB SC
dimension
height zone Number of jamb Number of jamb Number of jamb
from roof
(m) studs studs studs
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
3.0 1.3 3.3 4.8 4.8 2.1 4.8 4.8 4.8 2.9 4.8 4.8 4.8
Low-
4.5 0.9 2.5 4.1 4.8 1.6 3.8 4.8 4.8 2.3 4.8 4.8 4.8
Medium
6.0 0.7 2.0 3.3 4.6 1.2 3.1 4.8 4.8 1.8 4.2 4.8 4.8
3.0 0.9 2.4 3.9 5.4 1.5 3.6 4.8 4.8 2.1 4.8 4.8 4.8
High 4.5 0.6 1.8 3.1 4.3 1.1 2.9 4.6 4.8 1.6 3.9 4.8 4.8
6.0 SED 1.5 2.5 3.6 0.9 2.4 3.9 4.8 1.3 3.3 4.8 4.8
2.4m
3.0 0.6 1.8 3.1 4.3 1.1 2.8 4.6 4.8 1.6 3.8 4.8 4.8
Very
4.5 SED 1.4 2.4 3.5 0.8 2.3 3.7 4.8 1.2 3.1 4.8 4.8
High
6.0 SED 1.1 2.0 2.9 0.6 1.9 3.1 4.4 1.0 2.6 4.2 4.8
3.0 SED 1.5 2.5 3.6 0.8 2.3 3.8 4.8 1.2 3.1 4.8 4.8
Extra
4.5 SED 1.1 2.0 2.9 0.6 1.9 3.1 4.4 1.0 2.6 4.2 4.8
High
6.0 SED 0.9 1.6 2.4 SED 1.5 2.6 3.7 0.8 2.2 3.6 4.8
3.0 SED 2.3 3.8 4.8 1.4 3.5 4.8 4.8 2.1 4.8 4.8 4.8
Low-
4.5 SED 1.8 3.0 4.2 1.1 2.8 4.5 4.8 1.7 4.0 4.8 4.8
Medium
6.0 SED 1.4 2.4 3.5 0.8 2.3 3.7 4.8 1.3 3.3 4.8 4.8
3.0 SED 1.6 2.7 3.9 0.9 2.5 4.1 4.8 1.5 3.6 4.8 4.8
High 4.5 SED 1.2 2.2 3.1 0.7 2.0 3.4 4.7 1.1 2.9 4.7 4.8
6.0 SED 1.0 1.8 2.6 0.5 1.7 2.8 4.0 0.9 2.5 4.0 4.8
2.7m
3.0 SED 1.2 2.1 3.0 0.6 1.9 3.2 4.5 1.1 2.8 4.5 4.8
Very
4.5 SED 0.9 1.7 2.5 SED 1.6 2.7 3.8 0.8 2.3 3.8 4.8
High
6.0 SED 0.7 1.4 2.1 SED 1.3 2.2 3.2 0.6 1.9 3.2 4.5
3.0 SED 0.9 1.7 2.5 SED 1.5 2.6 3.7 0.8 2.2 3.7 4.8
Extra
4.5 SED 0.7 1.4 2.0 SED 1.2 2.2 3.1 0.6 1.9 3.1 4.4
High
6.0 SED SED 1.1 1.7 SED 1.0 1.8 2.7 SED 1.6 2.7 3.8
3.0 SED 2.4 4.0 4.8 SED 3.6 4.8 4.8 2.1 4.8 4.8 4.8
Low-
4.5 SED 1.9 3.2 4.5 SED 3.0 4.8 4.8 1.7 4.0 4.8 4.8
Medium
6.0 SED 1.6 2.7 3.8 SED 2.5 4.1 4.8 1.4 3.4 4.8 4.8
3.0 SED 1.7 2.9 4.0 SED 2.6 4.2 4.8 1.4 3.5 4.8 4.8
High 4.5 SED 1.3 2.3 3.3 SED 2.1 3.5 4.8 1.1 2.9 4.7 4.8
6.0 SED 1.1 2.0 2.8 SED 1.8 3.0 4.3 0.9 2.5 4.1 4.8
3.0m
3.0 SED 1.2 2.2 3.1 SED 2.0 3.3 4.6 1.0 2.7 4.3 4.8
Very
4.5 SED 1.0 1.8 2.6 SED 1.6 2.8 3.9 0.8 2.3 3.7 4.8
High
6.0 SED 0.8 1.5 2.2 SED 1.4 2.4 3.4 0.6 1.9 3.2 4.5
3.0 SED 0.9 1.7 2.5 SED 1.5 2.6 3.7 0.7 2.1 3.5 4.8
Extra
4.5 SED 0.7 1.4 2.1 SED 1.3 2.3 3.2 0.6 1.8 3.1 4.3
High
6.0 SED 0.6 1.2 1.8 SED 1.1 1.9 2.8 SED 1.6 2.7 3.8

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 65


The maximum clear widths of openings on internal walls for the lower of a two storey building
with a light roof, as determined by the number of jamb studs, shall be in accordance with
Table 7.21.

Maximum wall loaded dimension from floor 6.0m


Maximum clear width of opening on internal wall in metres
Wall Stud type
loaded
Stud Wind SA SB SC
dimension
height zone Number of jamb Number of jamb Number of jamb
from roof
(m) studs studs studs
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
3.0 SED SED 0.8 1.3 SED 1.0 1.8 2.5 SED 1.6 2.7 3.7
Low-
4.5 SED SED 0.8 1.3 SED 1.0 1.7 2.5 SED 1.6 2.7 3.7
Medium
6.0 SED SED 0.8 1.2 SED 0.9 1.7 2.4 SED 1.6 2.6 3.6
3.0 SED SED 0.8 1.3 SED 1.0 1.8 2.5 SED 1.6 2.7 3.7
High 4.5 SED SED 0.8 1.3 SED 1.0 1.7 2.5 SED 1.6 2.7 3.7
6.0 SED SED 0.8 1.2 SED 0.9 1.7 2.4 SED 1.6 2.6 3.6
2.4m
3.0 SED SED 0.8 1.3 SED 1.0 1.8 2.5 SED 1.6 2.7 3.7
Very
4.5 SED SED 0.8 1.3 SED 1.0 1.7 2.5 SED 1.6 2.7 3.7
High
6.0 SED SED 0.8 1.2 SED 0.9 1.7 2.4 SED 1.6 2.6 3.6
3.0 SED SED 0.8 1.3 SED 1.0 1.8 2.5 SED 1.6 2.7 3.7
Extra
4.5 SED SED 0.8 1.3 SED 1.0 1.7 2.5 SED 1.6 2.7 3.7
High
6.0 SED SED 0.8 1.2 SED 0.9 1.7 2.4 SED 1.4 2.4 3.4
3.0 SED SED 0.6 1.0 SED 0.7 1.3 1.9 SED 1.3 2.2 3.1
Low-
4.5 SED SED 0.6 1.0 SED 0.7 1.3 1.9 SED 1.3 2.2 3.1
Medium
6.0 SED SED 0.6 0.9 SED 0.6 1.2 1.8 SED 1.3 2.1 3.0
3.0 SED SED 0.6 1.0 SED 0.7 1.3 1.9 SED 1.3 2.2 3.1
High 4.5 SED SED 0.6 1.0 SED 0.7 1.3 1.9 SED 1.3 2.2 3.1
6.0 SED SED 0.6 0.9 SED 0.6 1.2 1.8 SED 1.3 2.1 3.0
2.7m
3.0 SED SED 0.6 1.0 SED 0.7 1.3 1.9 SED 1.3 2.2 3.1
Very
4.5 SED SED 0.6 1.0 SED 0.7 1.3 1.9 SED 1.3 2.2 3.1
High
6.0 SED SED 0.6 0.9 SED 0.6 1.2 1.8 SED 1.3 2.1 3.0
3.0 SED SED 0.6 1.0 SED 0.7 1.3 1.9 SED 1.3 2.2 3.1
Extra
4.5 SED SED 0.6 1.0 SED 0.7 1.3 1.9 SED 1.2 2.0 2.9
High
6.0 SED SED 0.6 0.9 SED 0.6 1.2 1.8 SED 1.0 1.9 2.6
3.0 SED SED 0.8 1.3 SED 1.0 1.8 2.5 SED 1.6 2.7 3.7
Low-
4.5 SED SED 0.8 1.3 SED 1.0 1.7 2.5 SED 1.6 2.7 3.7
Medium
6.0 SED SED 0.8 1.2 SED 0.9 1.7 2.4 SED 1.6 2.6 3.6
3.0 SED SED 0.8 1.3 SED 1.0 1.8 2.5 SED 1.6 2.7 3.7
High 4.5 SED SED 0.8 1.3 SED 1.0 1.7 2.5 SED 1.6 2.7 3.7
6.0 SED SED 0.8 1.2 SED 0.9 1.7 2.4 SED 1.6 2.6 3.6
3.0m
3.0 SED SED 0.8 1.3 SED 1.0 1.8 2.5 SED 1.6 2.6 3.7
Very
4.5 SED SED 0.8 1.3 SED 1.0 1.7 2.5 SED 1.4 2.4 3.4
High
6.0 SED SED 0.8 1.2 SED 0.9 1.6 2.3 SED 1.3 2.3 3.2
3.0 SED SED 0.8 1.3 SED 0.9 1.6 2.3 SED 1.3 2.3 3.2
Extra
4.5 SED SED 0.8 1.3 SED 0.8 1.5 2.1 SED 1.2 2.1 3.0
High
6.0 SED SED 0.8 1.2 SED 0.7 1.3 2.0 SED 1.1 1.9 2.8
NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 66
The maximum clear widths of openings on internal walls for the lower of a two storey building
with a heavy roof, as determined by the number of jamb studs, shall be in accordance with
Table 7.22.

Maximum wall loaded dimension from floor 6.0m


Maximum clear width of opening on internal wall in metres
Wall Stud type
loaded
Stud Wind SA SB SC
dimension
height zone Number of jamb Number of jamb Number of jamb
from roof
(m) studs studs studs
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
3.0 SED SED 0.8 1.2 SED 0.9 1.6 2.3 SED 1.5 2.5 3.5
Low-
4.5 SED SED 0.7 1.1 SED 0.8 1.5 2.2 SED 1.4 2.4 3.3
Medium
6.0 SED SED 0.6 1.0 SED 0.8 1.4 2.1 SED 1.3 2.2 3.1
3.0 SED SED 0.8 1.2 SED 0.9 1.6 2.3 SED 1.5 2.5 3.5
High 4.5 SED SED 0.7 1.1 SED 0.8 1.5 2.2 SED 1.4 2.4 3.3
6.0 SED SED 0.6 1.0 SED 0.8 1.4 2.1 SED 1.3 2.2 3.1
2.4m
3.0 SED SED 0.8 1.2 SED 0.9 1.6 2.3 SED 1.5 2.5 3.5
Very
4.5 SED SED 0.7 1.1 SED 0.8 1.5 2.2 SED 1.4 2.4 3.3
High
6.0 SED SED 0.6 1.0 SED 0.8 1.4 2.1 SED 1.3 2.2 3.1
3.0 SED SED 0.8 1.2 SED 0.9 1.6 2.3 SED 1.5 2.5 3.5
Extra
4.5 SED SED 0.7 1.1 SED 0.8 1.5 2.2 SED 1.4 2.4 3.3
High
6.0 SED SED 0.6 1.0 SED 0.8 1.4 2.1 SED 1.2 2.1 3.0
3.0 SED SED SED 0.9 SED 0.6 1.2 1.8 SED 1.2 2.1 2.9
Low-
4.5 SED SED SED 0.8 SED SED 1.1 1.7 SED 1.1 2.0 2.8
Medium
6.0 SED SED SED 0.8 SED SED 1.0 1.6 SED 1.0 1.8 2.6
3.0 SED SED SED 0.9 SED 0.6 1.2 1.8 SED 1.2 2.1 2.9
High 4.5 SED SED SED 0.8 SED SED 1.1 1.7 SED 1.1 2.0 2.8
6.0 SED SED SED 0.8 SED SED 1.0 1.6 SED 1.0 1.8 2.6
2.7m
3.0 SED SED SED 0.9 SED 0.6 1.2 1.8 SED 1.2 2.1 2.9
Very
4.5 SED SED SED 0.8 SED SED 1.1 1.7 SED 1.1 2.0 2.8
High
6.0 SED SED SED 0.8 SED SED 1.0 1.6 SED 1.0 1.8 2.6
3.0 SED SED SED 0.9 SED 0.6 1.2 1.8 SED 1.2 2.1 2.9
Extra
4.5 SED SED SED 0.8 SED SED 1.1 1.7 SED 1.0 1.8 2.6
High
6.0 SED SED SED 0.8 SED SED 1.0 1.6 SED 0.9 1.6 2.4
3.0 SED SED 0.8 1.2 SED 0.9 1.6 2.3 SED 1.5 2.5 3.5
Low-
4.5 SED SED 0.7 1.1 SED 0.8 1.5 2.2 SED 1.4 2.4 3.3
Medium
6.0 SED SED 0.6 1.0 SED 0.8 1.4 2.1 SED 1.3 2.2 3.1
3.0 SED SED 0.8 1.2 SED 0.9 1.6 2.3 SED 1.5 2.5 3.5
High 4.5 SED SED 0.7 1.1 SED 0.8 1.5 2.2 SED 1.4 2.4 3.3
6.0 SED SED 0.6 1.0 SED 0.8 1.4 2.1 SED 1.3 2.2 3.1
3.0m
3.0 SED SED 0.8 1.2 SED 0.9 1.6 2.3 SED 1.5 2.5 3.4
Very
4.5 SED SED 0.7 1.1 SED 0.8 1.5 2.2 SED 1.3 2.2 3.1
High
6.0 SED SED 0.6 1.0 SED 0.7 1.4 2.0 SED 1.1 2.0 2.8
3.0 SED SED 0.8 1.2 SED 0.8 1.5 2.2 SED 1.2 2.1 3.0
Extra
4.5 SED SED 0.7 1.1 SED 0.7 1.3 2.0 SED 1.1 1.9 2.7
High
6.0 SED SED 0.6 1.0 SED 0.6 1.2 1.8 SED 1.0 1.7 2.5

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 67


Jamb stud connections

Where up to two jamb studs are required the connections shall be as shown in Figure 7.11 and
the hold down connection shall be a Type D as given in 9.9.3 and 9.9.5.

Where three jamb studs are required the connections shall be as shown in Figure 7.12 and the
hold down connection shall be a Type E as given in 9.9.4 and 9.9.6.

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 68


Where four jamb studs are required the connections shall be as shown in Figure 7.13 and the
hold down connection shall be a 2 Type E connections as given in 9.9.4 and 9.9.6.

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 69


7.6. LINTELS

Lintels with truss (excluding girder trusses), rafter, wall, or joist load applied shall be in
accordance with Table 7.23 to Table 7.30.
For Tables 7.23 to 7.30 LD = Loaded dimension.
Where a girder trusses lands on a lintel the lintel shall be SED.
For lintels in gable end walls not supporting roof truss or floor joist loads, lintel spans shall be
determined as specified for single storey light roof with the minimum wall loaded dimension.

Lintels shall be constructed in accordance with Figure 7.14 with plates where required from
Figure 7.15

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 70


NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 71
Lintel Tables for single storey or upper of two storey - Light roof

The maximum span of a type A or type A2 lintel for a single storey or the upper of a two storey
building with a light roof shall be in accordance with Table 7.23.

Lintel Lintel type A Lintel type A2


Member Wind
depth Span for LD of: (m) Span for LD of: (m)
type zone
(mm) 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0
180 2.10 0.90 SED SED 2.40 1.60 1.10 0.60
250 2.20 1.20 SED SED 2.40 1.80 1.30 0.80
Low to
300 2.30 1.40 SED SED 2.40 2.00 1.40 1.00
Medium
400 2.40 1.60 SED SED 2.40 2.30 1.60 1.40
600 2.40 2.00 SED SED 2.40 2.40 2.10 1.80
180 2.10 0.90 SED SED 2.40 1.60 1.10 0.60
250 2.20 1.20 SED SED 2.40 1.80 1.30 0.80
High 300 2.30 1.40 SED SED 2.40 2.00 1.40 1.00
400 2.40 1.60 SED SED 2.40 2.30 1.60 1.40
600 2.40 2.00 SED SED 2.40 2.40 2.10 1.80
PA/SA
180 2.10 0.90 SED SED 2.40 1.60 1.10 0.60
250 2.20 1.20 SED SED 2.40 1.80 1.30 0.80
Very
300 2.30 1.40 SED SED 2.40 2.00 1.40 1.00
High
400 2.40 1.60 SED SED 2.40 2.30 1.60 1.40
600 2.40 2.00 SED SED 2.40 2.40 2.10 1.80
180 1.60 0.60 SED SED 2.40 1.30 0.70 SED
250 1.90 0.90 SED SED 2.40 1.50 1.00 SED
Extra
300 2.10 1.10 SED SED 2.40 1.70 1.20 SED
High
400 2.40 1.50 SED SED 2.40 2.00 1.50 SED

600 2.40 1.90 SED SED 2.40 2.40 2.00 SED

180 2.40 1.90 1.20 0.70 2.40 2.40 2.00 1.40


250 2.40 2.10 1.40 1.00 2.40 2.40 2.20 1.60
Low to
300 2.40 2.20 1.50 1.20 2.40 2.40 2.30 1.70
Medium
400 2.40 2.40 1.80 1.50 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.00
600 2.40 2.40 2.30 1.90 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.40
180 2.40 1.90 1.20 0.70 2.40 2.40 2.00 1.40
250 2.40 2.10 1.40 1.00 2.40 2.40 2.20 1.60
High 300 2.40 2.20 1.50 1.20 2.40 2.40 2.30 1.70
400 2.40 2.40 1.80 1.50 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.00
600 2.40 2.40 2.30 1.90 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.40
PB/SB
180 2.40 1.90 1.20 0.70 2.40 2.40 2.00 1.40
250 2.40 2.10 1.40 1.00 2.40 2.40 2.20 1.60
Very
300 2.40 2.20 1.50 1.20 2.40 2.40 2.30 1.70
High
400 2.40 2.40 1.80 1.50 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.00
600 2.40 2.40 2.30 1.90 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.40
180 2.40 1.50 0.90 SED 2.40 2.40 1.50 1.20
250 2.40 1.70 1.20 0.80 2.40 2.40 1.80 1.40
Extra
300 2.40 1.90 1.40 0.90 2.40 2.40 2.00 1.50
High
400 2.40 2.20 1.60 1.30 2.40 2.40 2.30 1.80
600 2.40 2.40 2.10 1.80 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.30

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 72


Table 7.23 (continued) Lintels for single storey or upper of two storey - Light roof
Lintel Lintel type A Lintel type A2
Member Wind
depth Span for LD of: (m) Span for LD of: (m)
type zone
(mm) 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0
180 2.40 1.90 1.20 0.70 2.40 2.40 2.00 1.40
250 2.40 2.10 1.40 1.00 2.40 2.40 2.20 1.60
Low to
300 2.40 2.20 1.50 1.20 2.40 2.40 2.30 1.70
Medium
400 2.40 2.40 1.80 1.50 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.00
600 2.40 2.40 2.30 1.90 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.40
180 2.40 1.90 1.20 0.70 2.40 2.40 2.00 1.40
250 2.40 2.10 1.40 1.00 2.40 2.40 2.20 1.60
High 300 2.40 2.20 1.50 1.20 2.40 2.40 2.30 1.70
400 2.40 2.40 1.80 1.50 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.00
600 2.40 2.40 2.30 1.90 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.40
PC/SC
180 2.40 1.90 1.20 0.70 2.40 2.40 2.00 1.40
250 2.40 2.10 1.40 1.00 2.40 2.40 2.20 1.60
Very
300 2.40 2.20 1.50 1.20 2.40 2.40 2.30 1.70
High
400 2.40 2.40 1.80 1.50 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.00
600 2.40 2.40 2.30 1.90 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.40
180 2.40 1.50 0.90 SED 2.40 2.40 1.50 1.20
250 2.40 1.70 1.20 0.80 2.40 2.40 1.80 1.40
Extra
300 2.40 1.90 1.40 0.90 2.40 2.40 2.00 1.50
High
400 2.40 2.20 1.60 1.30 2.40 2.40 2.30 1.80
600 2.40 2.40 2.10 1.80 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.30
180 2.40 2.30 1.60 1.20 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.10
250 2.40 2.40 1.90 1.40 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.20
Low to
300 2.40 2.40 2.00 1.50 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.40
Medium
400 2.40 2.40 2.40 1.80 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.40
600 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.30 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.40
180 2.40 2.30 1.60 1.20 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.10
250 2.40 2.40 1.90 1.40 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.20
High 300 2.40 2.40 2.00 1.50 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.40
400 2.40 2.40 2.40 1.80 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.40
600 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.30 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.40
PD/SD
180 2.40 2.30 1.60 1.20 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.10
250 2.40 2.40 1.90 1.40 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.20
Very
300 2.40 2.40 2.00 1.50 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.40
High
400 2.40 2.40 2.40 1.80 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.40
600 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.30 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.40
180 2.40 2.10 1.30 0.90 2.40 2.40 2.20 1.60
250 2.40 2.30 1.50 1.20 2.40 2.40 2.40 1.80
Extra
300 2.40 2.40 1.70 1.40 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.00
High
400 2.40 2.40 2.00 1.60 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.30
600 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.10 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.40

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 73


The maximum span of a type C, type E, type C2, or type E2 lintel for a single storey or the
upper of a two storey building with a light roof shall be in accordance with Table 7.24.

Lintel type C or E Lintel type C2 or E2


Member Wind Lintel depth
Span for LD of: (m) Span for LD of: (m)
Type zone (mm)
1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0
180 0.80 SED SED SED 1.90 0.70 SED SED
250 1.80 0.80 SED SED 3.50 1.70 1.20 0.80
Low to
300 2.50 1.40 SED SED 4.60 2.40 1.60 1.30
Medium
400 3.90 2.20 1.60 1.20 4.80 3.80 2.60 2.00
600 4.80 3.90 2.90 2.30 4.80 4..80 4.10 3.60
180 0.80 SED SED SED 1.90 0.70 SED SED
250 1.80 0.80 SED SED 3.50 1.70 1.20 0.80
High 300 2.50 1.40 SED SED 4.60 2.40 1.60 1.30
400 3.90 2.20 1.60 1.20 4.80 3.80 2.60 2.00
600 4.80 3.90 2.90 2.30 4.80 4.80 4.10 3.60
PA/SA
180 0.80 SED SED SED 1.90 0.70 SED SED
250 1.80 0.80 SED SED 3.50 1.70 1.20 0.80
Very
300 2.50 1.40 SED SED 4.60 2.40 1.60 1.30
High
400 3.90 2.20 1.60 1.20 4.80 3.80 2.60 2.00
600 4.80 3.90 2.90 2.30 4.80 4.80 4.10 3.60
180 0.70 SED SED SED 1.70 0.70 SED SED
250 1.70 0.80 SED SED 3.30 1.70 1.20 0.80
Extra
300 2.40 1.40 SED SED 4.40 2.40 1.60 1.30
High
400 3.70 2.20 1.60 1.20 4.80 3.80 2.60 2.00
600 4.80 3.90 2.90 2.30 4.80 4.80 4.10 3.60
180 2.00 0.80 SED SED 3.50 1.60 1.10 0.60
250 3.50 1.80 1.30 0.80 4.60 3.10 2.10 1.50
Low to
300 4.30 2.50 1.60 1.30 4.80 3.60 2.80 2.20
Medium
400 4.80 3.70 2.70 2.10 4.80 4.20 3.60 3.10
600 4.80 4.70 3.80 3.30 4.80 4.80 4.40 3.80
180 2.00 0.80 SED SED 3.50 1.60 1.10 0.60
250 3.50 1.80 1.30 0.80 4.60 3.10 2.10 1.50
High 300 4.30 2.50 1.60 1.30 4.80 3.60 2.80 2.20
400 4.80 3.70 2.70 2.10 4.80 4.20 3.60 3.10
600 4.80 4.70 3.80 3.30 4.80 4.80 4.40 3.80
PB/SB
180 2.00 0.80 SED SED 3.50 1.60 1.10 0.60
250 3.50 1.80 1.30 0.80 4.60 3.10 2.10 1.50
Very
300 4.30 2.50 1.60 1.30 4.80 3.60 2.80 2.20
High
400 4.80 3.70 2.70 2.10 4.80 4.20 3.60 3.10
600 4.80 4.70 3.80 3.30 4.80 4.80 4.40 3.80
180 1.80 0.80 SED SED 3.20 1.60 1.10 0.60
250 3.30 1.80 1.30 0.80 4.40 3.10 2.10 1.50
Extra
300 4.20 2.50 1.60 1.30 4.80 3.60 2.80 2.20
High
400 4.80 3.70 2.70 2.10 4.80 4.20 3.60 3.10
600 4.80 4.70 3.80 3.30 4.80 4.80 4.40 3.80

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 74


Table 7.24 (continued) Lintel for single storey or upper of two storey - Light roof
Lintel type C or E Lintel type C2 or E2
Member Wind Lintel depth
Span for LD of: (m) Span for LD of: (m)
type zone (mm)
1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0
180 2.00 0.80 SED SED 3.50 1.60 1.10 0.60
250 3.50 1.80 1.30 0.80 4.60 3.10 2.10 1.50
Low to
300 4.30 2.50 1.60 1.30 4.80 3.60 2.80 2.20
Medium
400 4.80 3.70 2.70 2.10 4.80 4.20 3.60 3.10
600 4.80 4.70 3.80 3.30 4.80 4.80 4.40 3.80
180 2.00 0.80 SED SED 3.50 1.60 1.10 0.60
250 3.50 1.80 1.30 0.80 4.60 3.10 2.10 1.50
High 300 4.30 2.50 1.60 1.30 4.80 3.60 2.80 2.20
400 4.80 3.70 2.70 2.10 4.80 4.20 3.60 3.10
600 4.80 4.70 3.80 3.30 4.80 4.80 4.40 3.80
PC/SC
180 2.00 0.80 SED SED 3.50 1.60 1.10 0.60
250 3.50 1.80 1.30 0.80 4.60 3.10 2.10 1.50
Very
300 4.30 2.50 1.60 1.30 4.80 3.60 2.80 2.20
High
400 4.80 3.70 2.70 2.10 4.80 4.20 3.60 3.10
600 4.80 4.70 3.80 3.30 4.80 4.80 4.40 3.80
180 1.80 0.80 SED SED 3.20 1.60 1.10 0.60
250 3.30 1.80 1.30 0.80 4.40 3.10 2.10 1.50
Extra
300 4.20 2.50 1.60 1.30 4.80 3.60 2.80 2.20
High
400 4.80 3.70 2.70 2.10 4.80 4.20 3.60 3.10
600 4.80 4.70 3.80 3.30 4.80 4.80 4.40 3.80
180 3.00 1.40 0.80 SED 4.10 2.30 1.40 1.10
250 4.60 2.70 1.70 1.30 4.80 3.70 2.80 2.10
Low to
300 5.10 3.60 2.40 1.80 4.80 4.00 3.40 2.80
Medium
400 4.80 4.20 3.50 2.70 4.80 4.80 3.90 3.40
600 4.80 4.80 4.30 3.70 4.80 4.80 4.80 4.20
180 3.00 1.40 0.80 SED 4.10 2.30 1.40 1.10
250 4.60 2.70 1.70 1.30 4.80 3.70 2.80 2.10
High 300 4.80 3.60 2.40 1.80 4.80 4.00 3.40 2.80
400 4.80 4.20 3.50 2.70 4.80 4.80 3.90 3.40
600 4.80 4.80 4.30 3.70 4.80 4.80 4.80 4.20
PD/SD
180 3.00 1.40 0.80 SED 4.10 2.30 1.40 1.10
250 4.60 2.70 1.70 1.30 4.80 3.70 2.80 2.10
Very
300 4.80 3.60 2.40 1.80 4.80 4.00 3.40 2.80
High
400 4.80 4.20 3.50 2.70 4.80 4.80 3.90 3.40
600 4.80 4.80 4.30 3.70 4.80 4.80 4.80 4.20
180 2.80 1.40 0.80 SED 4.00 2.30 1.40 1.10
250 4.30 2.70 1.70 1.30 4.80 3.70 2.80 2.10
Extra
300 4.80 3.60 2.40 1.80 4.80 4.00 3.40 2.80
High
400 4.80 4.20 3.50 2.70 4.80 4.80 3.90 3.40
600 4.80 4.80 4.30 3.70 4.80 4.80 4.80 4.20

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 75


Lintel Tables for single storey or upper of two storey - Heavy roof

The maximum span of a type A or type A2 lintel for a single storey or the upper of a two storey
building with a heavy roof shall be in accordance with Table 7.25.

Lintel type A Lintel type A2


Member Wind Lintel depth
Span for LD of: (m) Span for LD of: (m)
type zone (mm)
1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0
180 2.10 0.90 SED SED 2.40 1.60 1.10 0.60
250 2.20 1.20 SED SED 2.40 1.80 1.30 0.80
Low to
300 2.30 1.40 SED SED 2.40 2.00 1.40 1.00
Medium
400 2.40 1.60 SED SED 2.40 2.30 1.60 1.40
600 2.40 2.00 SED SED 2.40 2.40 2.10 1.80
180 2.10 0.90 SED SED 2.40 1.60 1.10 0.60
250 2.20 1.20 SED SED 2.40 1.80 1.30 0.80
High 300 2.30 1.40 SED SED 2.40 2.00 1.40 1.00
400 2.40 1.60 SED SED 2.40 2.30 1.60 1.40
600 2.40 2.00 SED SED 2.40 2.40 2.10 1.80
PA/SA
180 2.10 0.90 SED SED 2.40 1.60 1.10 0.60
250 2.20 1.20 SED SED 2.40 1.80 1.30 0.80
Very
300 2.30 1.40 SED SED 2.40 2.00 1.40 1.00
High
400 2.40 1.60 SED SED 2.40 2.30 1.60 1.40
600 2.40 2.00 SED SED 2.40 2.40 2.10 1.80
180 1.60 0.60 SED SED 2.40 1.30 0.70 SED
250 1.90 0.90 SED SED 2.40 1.50 1.00 SED
Extra
300 2.10 1.10 SED SED 2.40 1.70 1.20 SED
High
400 2.40 1.50 SED SED 2.40 2.00 1.50 SED

600 2.40 1.90 SED SED 2.40 2.40 2.00 SED

180 2.40 1.90 1.20 0.70 2.40 2.40 2.00 1.40


250 2.40 2.10 1.40 1.00 2.40 2.40 2.20 1.60
Low to
300 2.40 2.20 1.50 1.20 2.40 2.40 2.30 1.70
Medium
400 2.40 2.40 1.80 1.50 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.00
600 2.40 2.40 2.30 1.90 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.40
180 2.40 1.90 1.20 0.70 2.40 2.40 2.00 1.40
250 2.40 2.10 1.40 1.00 2.40 2.40 2.20 1.60
High 300 2.40 2.20 1.50 1.20 2.40 2.40 2.30 1.70
400 2.40 2.40 1.80 1.50 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.00
600 2.40 2.40 2.30 1.90 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.40
PB/SB
180 2.40 1.90 1.20 0.70 2.40 2.40 2.00 1.40
250 2.40 2.10 1.40 1.00 2.40 2.40 2.20 1.60
Very
300 2.40 2.20 1.50 1.20 2.40 2.40 2.30 1.70
High
400 2.40 2.40 1.80 1.50 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.00
600 2.40 2.40 2.30 1.90 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.40
180 2.40 1.50 0.90 SED 2.40 2.40 1.50 1.20
250 2.40 1.70 1.20 0.80 2.40 2.40 1.80 1.40
Extra
300 2.40 1.90 1.40 0.90 2.40 2.40 2.00 1.50
High
400 2.40 2.20 1.60 1.30 2.40 2.40 2.30 1.80
600 2.40 2.40 2.10 1.80 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.30

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 76


Table 7.25 (continued) Lintels for single storey or upper of two storey - Heavy roof
Lintel type A Lintel type A2
Member Wind Lintel depth
Span for LD of: (m) Span for LD of: (m)
type zone (mm)
1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0
180 2.40 1.90 1.20 0.70 2.40 2.40 2.00 1.40
250 2.40 2.10 1.40 1.00 2.40 2.40 2.20 1.60
Low to
300 2.40 2.20 1.50 1.20 2.40 2.40 2.30 1.70
Medium
400 2.40 2.40 1.80 1.50 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.00
600 2.40 2.40 2.30 1.90 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.40
180 2.40 1.90 1.20 0.70 2.40 2.40 2.00 1.40
250 2.40 2.10 1.40 1.00 2.40 2.40 2.20 1.60
High 300 2.40 2.20 1.50 1.20 2.40 2.40 2.30 1.70
400 2.40 2.40 1.80 1.50 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.00
600 2.40 2.40 2.30 1.90 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.40
PC/SC
180 2.40 1.90 1.20 0.70 2.40 2.40 2.00 1.40
250 2.40 2.10 1.40 1.00 2.40 2.40 2.20 1.60
Very
300 2.40 2.20 1.50 1.20 2.40 2.40 2.30 1.70
High
400 2.40 2.40 1.80 1.50 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.00
600 2.40 2.40 2.30 1.90 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.40
180 2.40 1.50 0.90 SED 2.40 2.40 1.50 1.20
250 2.40 1.70 1.20 0.80 2.40 2.40 1.80 1.40
Extra
300 2.40 1.90 1.40 0.90 2.40 2.40 2.00 1.50
High
400 2.40 2.20 1.60 1.30 2.40 2.40 2.30 1.80
600 2.40 2.40 2.10 1.80 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.30
180 2.40 2.30 1.60 1.20 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.10
250 2.40 2.40 1.90 1.40 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.20
Low to
300 2.40 2.40 2.00 1.50 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.40
Medium
400 2.40 2.40 2.40 1.80 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.40
600 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.30 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.40
180 2.40 2.30 1.60 1.20 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.10
250 2.40 2.40 1.90 1.40 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.20
High 300 2.40 2.40 2.00 1.50 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.40
400 2.40 2.40 2.40 1.80 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.40
600 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.30 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.40
PD/SD
180 2.40 2.30 1.60 1.20 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.10
250 2.40 2.40 1.90 1.40 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.20
Very
300 2.40 2.40 2.00 1.50 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.40
High
400 2.40 2.40 2.40 1.80 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.40
600 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.30 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.40
180 2.40 2.10 1.30 0.90 2.40 2.40 2.20 1.60
250 2.40 2.30 1.50 1.20 2.40 2.40 2.40 1.80
Extra
300 2.40 2.40 1.70 1.40 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.00
High
400 2.40 2.40 2.00 1.60 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.30
600 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.10 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.40

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 77


The maximum span of a type C, type E, type C2, or type E2 lintel for a single storey or the
upper of a two storey building with a heavy roof shall be in accordance with Table 7.26

Lintel type C or E Lintel type C2 or E2


Member Wind Lintel depth
Span for LD of: (m) Span for LD of: (m)
type zone (mm)
1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0
180 0.80 SED SED SED 1.90 0.70 SED SED
250 1.80 0.80 SED SED 3.50 1.70 1.20 0.80
Low to
300 2.50 1.40 SED SED 4.60 2.40 1.60 1.30
Medium
400 3.90 2.20 1.60 1.20 4.80 3.80 2.60 2.00
600 4.80 3.90 2.90 2.30 4.80 4.80 4.10 3.60
180 0.80 SED SED SED 1.90 0.70 SED SED
250 1.80 0.80 SED SED 3.50 1.70 1.20 0.80
High 300 2.50 1.40 SED SED 4.60 2.40 1.60 1.30
400 3.90 2.20 1.60 1.20 4.80 3.80 2.60 2.00
600 4.80 3.90 2.90 2.30 4.80 4.80 4.10 3.60
PA/SA
180 0.80 SED SED SED 1.90 0.70 SED SED
250 1.80 0.80 SED SED 3.50 1.70 1.20 0.80
Very
300 2.50 1.40 SED SED 4.60 2.40 1.60 1.30
High
400 3.90 2.20 1.60 1.20 4.80 3.80 2.60 2.00
600 4.80 3.90 2.90 2.30 4.80 4.80 4.10 3.60
180 0.70 SED SED SED 1.70 0.70 SED SED
250 1.70 0.80 SED SED 3.30 1.70 1.20 0.80
Extra
300 2.40 1.40 SED SED 4.40 2.40 1.60 1.30
High
400 3.70 2.20 1.60 1.20 4.80 3.80 2.60 2.00
600 4.80 3.90 2.90 2.30 4.80 4.80 4.10 3.60
180 2.00 0.80 SED SED 3.50 1.60 1.10 0.60
250 3.50 1.80 1.30 0.80 4.60 3.10 2.10 1.50
Low to
300 4.30 2.50 1.60 1.30 4.80 3.60 2.80 2.20
Medium
400 4.80 3.70 2.70 2.10 4.80 4.20 3.60 3.10
600 4.80 4.70 3.80 3.30 4.80 4.80 4.40 3.80
180 2.00 0.80 SED SED 3.50 1.60 1.10 0.60
250 3.50 1.80 1.30 0.80 4.60 3.10 2.10 1.50
High 300 4.30 2.50 1.60 1.30 4.80 3.60 2.80 2.20
400 4.80 3.70 2.70 2.10 4.80 4.20 3.60 3.10
600 4.80 4.70 3.80 3.30 4.80 4.80 4.40 3.80
PB/SB
180 2.00 0.80 SED SED 3.50 1.60 1.10 0.60
250 3.50 1.80 1.30 0.80 4.60 3.10 2.10 1.50
Very
300 4.30 2.50 1.60 1.30 4.80 3.60 2.80 2.20
High
400 4.80 3.70 2.70 2.10 4.80 4.20 3.60 3.10
600 4.80 4.70 3.80 3.30 4.80 4.80 4.40 3.80
180 1.80 0.80 SED SED 3.20 1.60 1.10 0.60
250 3.30 1.80 1.30 0.80 4.40 3.10 2.10 1.50
Extra
300 4.20 2.50 1.60 1.30 4.80 3.60 2.80 2.20
High
400 4.80 3.70 2.70 2.10 4.80 4.20 3.60 3.10
600 4.80 4.70 3.80 3.30 4.80 4.80 4.40 3.80

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 78


Table 7.26 (continued) Lintels for single storey or upper of two storey - Heavy roof
Lintel type C or E Lintel type C2 or E2
Member Wind Lintel depth
Span for LD of: (m) Span for LD of: (m)
type zone (mm)
1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0
180 2.00 0.80 SED SED 3.50 1.60 1.10 0.60
250 3.50 1.80 1.30 0.80 4.60 3.10 2.10 1.50
Low to
300 4.30 2.50 1.60 1.30 4.80 3.60 2.80 2.20
Medium
400 4.80 3.70 2.70 2.10 4.80 4.20 3.60 3.10
600 4.80 4.70 3.80 3.30 4.80 4.80 4.40 3.80
180 2.00 0.80 SED SED 3.50 1.60 1.10 0.60
250 3.50 1.80 1.30 0.80 4.60 3.10 2.10 1.50
High 300 4.30 2.50 1.60 1.30 4.80 3.60 2.80 2.20
400 4.80 3.70 2.70 2.10 4.80 4.20 3.60 3.10
600 4.80 4.70 3.80 3.30 4.80 4.80 4.40 3.80
PC/SC
180 2.00 0.80 SED SED 3.50 1.60 1.10 0.60
250 3.50 1.80 1.30 0.80 4.60 3.10 2.10 1.50
Very
300 4.30 2.50 1.60 1.30 4.80 3.60 2.80 2.20
High
400 4.80 3.70 2.70 2.10 4.80 4.20 3.60 3.10
600 4.80 4.70 3.80 3.30 4.80 4.80 4.40 3.80
180 1.80 0.80 SED SED 3.20 1.60 1.10 0.60
250 3.30 1.80 1.30 0.80 4.40 3.10 2.10 1.50
Extra
300 4.20 2.50 1.60 1.30 4.80 3.60 2.80 2.20
High
400 4.80 3.70 2.70 2.10 4.80 4.20 3.60 3.10
600 4.80 4.70 3.80 3.30 4.80 4.80 4.40 3.80
180 3.00 1.40 0.80 SED 4.10 2.30 1.40 1.10
250 4.60 2.70 1.70 1.30 4.80 3.70 2.80 2.10
Low to
300 4.80 3.60 2.40 1.80 4.80 4.00 3.40 2.80
Medium
400 4.80 4.20 3.50 2.70 4.80 4.80 3.90 3.40
600 4.80 4.80 4.30 3.70 4.80 4.80 4.80 4.20
180 3.00 1.40 0.80 SED 4.10 2.30 1.40 1.10
250 4.60 2.70 1.70 1.30 4.80 3.70 2.80 2.10
High 300 4.80 3.60 2.40 1.80 4.80 4.00 3.40 2.80
400 4.80 4.20 3.50 2.70 4.80 4.80 3.90 3.40
600 4.80 4.80 4.30 3.70 4.80 4.80 4.80 4.20
PD/SD
180 3.00 1.40 0.80 SED 4.10 2.30 1.40 1.10
250 4.60 2.70 1.70 1.30 4.80 3.70 2.80 2.10
Very
300 4.80 3.60 2.40 1.80 4.80 4.00 3.40 2.80
High
400 4.80 4.20 3.50 2.70 4.80 4.80 3.90 3.40
600 4.80 4.80 4.30 3.70 4.80 4.80 4.80 4.20
180 2.80 1.40 0.80 SED 4.00 2.30 1.40 1.10
250 4.30 2.70 1.70 1.30 4.80 3.70 2.80 2.10
Extra
300 4.80 3.60 2.40 1.80 4.80 4.00 3.40 2.80
High
400 4.80 4.20 3.50 2.70 4.80 4.80 3.90 3.40
600 4.80 4.80 4.30 3.70 4.80 4.80 4.80 4.20

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 79


Lintel Tables for lower of two storey - Light roof

The maximum span of a type A or type A2 lintel for the lower of a two storey building with a
light roof shall be in accordance with Table 7.27.
For Table 7.27 determine the loaded dimension of the lintel at floor level and the loaded
dimension of the wall above the lintel at roof level and use the greater value in Table 7.27.

Lintel type A Lintel type A2


Member Wind Lintel depth
Span for LD of: (m) Span for LD of: (m)
type zone (mm)
1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0
180 0.70 SED SED SED 1.20 0.70 SED SED
250 0.70 SED SED SED 1.20 0.70 SED SED
Low to
300 0.70 SED SED SED 1.20 0.70 SED SED
Medium
400 0.70 SED SED SED 1.10 0.70 SED SED

600 0.70 SED SED SED 1.10 0.60 SED SED

180 0.70 SED SED SED 1.20 0.70 SED SED


250 0.70 SED SED SED 1.20 0.70 SED SED
High 300 0.70 SED SED SED 1.20 0.70 SED SED
400 0.70 SED SED SED 1.10 0.70 SED SED

600 0.70 SED SED SED 1.10 0.60 SED SED


PA/SA
180 0.70 SED SED SED 1.20 0.70 SED SED
250 0.70 SED SED SED 1.20 0.70 SED SED
Very
300 0.70 SED SED SED 1.20 0.70 SED SED
High
400 0.70 SED SED SED 1.10 0.70 SED SED

600 0.70 SED SED SED 1.10 0.60 SED SED


180 0.70 SED SED SED 1.20 0.70 SED SED
250 0.70 SED SED SED 1.20 0.70 SED SED
Extra
300 0.70 SED SED SED 1.20 0.70 SED SED
High
400 0.70 SED SED SED 1.10 0.70 SED SED

600 0.70 SED SED SED 1.10 0.60 SED SED

180 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60


250 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
Low to
300 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
Medium
400 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
600 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.10 0.80 0.60
180 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
250 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
High 300 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
400 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
600 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.10 0.80 0.60
PB/SB
180 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
250 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
Very
300 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
High
400 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
600 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.10 0.80 0.60
180 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
250 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
Extra
300 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
High
400 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
600 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.10 0.80 0.60

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 80


Table 7.27 (continued) Lintels for lower of two storey - Light roof
Lintel type A Lintel type A2
Member Wind Lintel depth
Span for LD of: (m) Span for LD of: (m)
type zone (mm)
1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0
180 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
250 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
Low to
300 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
Medium
400 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
600 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.10 0.80 0.60
180 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
250 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
High 300 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
400 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
600 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.10 0.80 0.60
PC/SC
180 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
250 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
Very
300 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
High
400 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
600 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.10 0.80 0.60
180 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
250 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
Extra
300 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
High
400 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
600 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.10 0.80 0.60
180 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED 2.40 1.60 1.10 0.80
250 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED 2.40 1.60 1.10 0.80
Low to
300 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED 2.40 1.60 1.10 0.80
Medium
400 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED 2.40 1.60 1.10 0.80
600 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED 2.40 1.50 1.10 0.80
180 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED 2.40 1.60 1.10 0.80
250 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED 2.40 1.60 1.10 0.80
High 300 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED 2.40 1.60 1.10 0.80
400 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED 2.40 1.60 1.10 0.80
600 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED 2.40 1.50 1.10 0.80
PD/SD
180 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED 2.40 1.60 1.10 0.80
250 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED 2.40 1.60 1.10 0.80
Very
300 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED 2.40 1.60 1.10 0.80
High
400 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED 2.40 1.60 1.10 0.80
600 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED 2.40 1.50 1.10 0.80
180 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED 2.40 1.60 1.10 0.80
250 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED 2.40 1.60 1.10 0.80
Extra
300 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED 2.40 1.60 1.10 0.80
High
400 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED 2.40 1.60 1.10 0.80
600 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED 2.40 1.50 1.10 0.80

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 81


The maximum span of a type C, type E, type C2, or type E2 lintel for the lower of a two storey
building with a light roof shall be in accordance with Table 7.28.
For Table 7.28 determine the loaded dimension of the lintel at floor level and the loaded
dimension of the wall above the lintel at roof level and use the greater value in Table 7.28.

Lintel Lintel type C or E Lintel type C2 or E2


Member Wind
depth Span for LD of: (m) Span for LD of: (m)
type zone
(mm) 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0
180 0.60 SED SED SED 1.20 0.70 SED SED
250 1.00 0.60 SED SED 1.90 1.10 0.80 0.60
Low to
300 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.50 1.40 1.00 0.80
Medium
400 1.90 1.10 0.80 0.60 3.40 2.10 1.50 1.10
600 3.10 1.80 1.30 1.00 4.20 SED SED SED
180 0.60 SED SED SED 1.20 0.70 SED SED
250 1.00 0.60 SED SED 1.90 1.10 0.80 0.60
High 300 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.50 1.40 1.00 0.80
400 1.90 1.10 0.80 0.60 3.40 2.10 1.50 1.10
600 3.10 1.80 1.30 1.00 4.20 SED SED SED
PA/SA
180 0.60 SED SED SED 1.20 0.70 SED SED
250 1.00 0.60 SED SED 1.90 1.10 0.80 0.60
Very
300 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.50 1.40 1.00 0.80
High
400 1.90 1.10 0.80 0.60 3.40 2.10 1.50 1.10
600 3.10 1.80 1.30 1.00 4.20 SED SED SED
180 0.60 SED SED SED 1.20 0.70 SED SED
250 1.00 0.60 SED SED 1.90 1.10 0.80 0.60
Extra
300 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.50 1.40 1.00 0.80
High
400 1.90 1.10 0.80 0.60 3.40 2.10 1.50 1.10
600 3.10 1.80 1.30 1.00 4.20 SED SED SED

180 1.20 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60


250 2.00 1.10 0.80 0.60 2.70 1.90 1.40 1.00
Low to
300 2.50 1.50 1.00 0.80 3.00 2.30 1.70 1.30
Medium
400 3.00 1.80 1.20 0.90 3.60 2.70 SED SED

600 3.60 2.10 1.50 1.10 4.50 SED SED SED

180 1.20 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60


250 2.00 1.10 0.80 0.60 2.70 1.90 1.40 1.00
High 300 2.50 1.50 1.00 0.80 3.00 2.30 1.70 1.30
400 3.00 1.80 1.20 0.90 3.60 2.70 SED SED

600 3.60 2.10 1.50 1.10 4.50 SED SED SED


PB/SB
180 1.20 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
250 2.00 1.10 0.80 0.60 2.70 1.90 1.40 1.00
Very
300 2.50 1.50 1.00 0.80 3.00 2.30 1.70 1.30
High
400 3.00 1.80 1.20 0.90 3.60 2.70 SED SED

600 3.60 2.10 1.50 1.10 4.50 SED SED SED


180 1.20 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
250 2.00 1.10 0.80 0.60 2.70 1.90 1.40 1.00
Extra
300 2.50 1.50 1.00 0.80 3.00 2.30 1.70 1.30
High
400 3.00 1.80 1.20 0.90 3.60 2.70 SED SED

600 3.60 2.10 1.50 1.10 4.50 SED SED SED

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 82


Table 7.28 (continued) Lintels for lower of two storey - Light roof
Lintel Lintel type C or E Lintel type C2 or E2
Member Wind
depth Span for LD of: (m) Span for LD of: (m)
type zone
(mm) 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0
180 1.20 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
250 2.00 1.10 0.80 0.60 2.70 1.90 1.40 1.00
Low to
300 2.50 1.50 1.00 0.80 3.00 2.30 1.70 1.30
Medium
400 3.00 1.80 1.20 0.90 3.60 2.70 2.20 1.70
600 3.60 2.10 1.50 1.10 4.50 SED SED SED

180 1.20 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60


250 2.00 1.10 0.80 0.60 2.70 1.90 1.40 1.00
High 300 2.50 1.50 1.00 0.80 3.00 2.30 1.70 1.30
400 3.00 1.80 1.20 0.90 3.60 2.70 2.20 1.70
600 3.60 2.10 1.50 1.10 4.50 SED SED SED
PC/SC
180 1.20 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
250 2.00 1.10 0.80 0.60 2.70 1.90 1.40 1.00
Very
300 2.50 1.50 1.00 0.80 3.00 2.30 1.70 1.30
High
400 3.00 1.80 1.20 0.90 3.60 2.70 SED SED

600 3.60 2.10 1.50 1.10 4.50 SED SED SED

180 1.20 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60


250 2.00 1.10 0.80 0.60 2.70 1.90 1.40 1.00
Extra
300 2.50 1.50 1.00 0.80 3.00 2.30 1.70 1.30
High
400 3.00 1.80 1.20 0.90 3.60 2.70 SED SED

600 3.60 2.10 1.50 1.10 4.50 SED SED SED

180 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED 2.50 1.60 1.10 0.80


250 2.70 1.70 1.20 0.90 3.00 2.30 1.80 1.40
Low to
300 3.00 2.10 1.40 1.10 3.40 2.60 SED SED
Medium
400 3.30 1.90 1.30 1.00 4.00 SED SED SED

600 3.90 2.30 1.60 1.20 SED SED SED SED


180 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED 2.50 1.60 1.10 0.80
250 2.70 1.70 1.20 0.90 3.00 2.30 1.80 1.40
High 300 3.00 2.10 1.40 1.10 3.40 2.60 SED SED
400 3.30 1.90 1.30 1.00 4.00 SED SED SED

600 3.90 2.30 1.60 1.20 SED SED SED SED


PD/SD
180 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED 2.50 1.60 1.10 0.80
250 2.70 1.70 1.20 0.90 3.00 2.30 1.80 1.40
Very
300 3.00 2.10 1.40 1.10 3.40 2.60 SED SED
High
400 3.30 1.90 1.30 1.00 4.00 SED SED SED

600 3.90 2.30 1.60 1.20 SED SED SED SED

180 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED 2.50 1.60 1.10 0.80


250 2.70 1.70 1.20 0.90 3.00 2.30 1.80 1.40
Extra
300 3.00 2.10 1.40 1.10 3.40 2.60 SED SED
High
400 3.30 1.90 1.30 1.00 4.00 SED SED SED
600 3.90 2.30 1.60 1.20 SED SED SED SED

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 83


Lintel Tables for lower of two storey - Heavy roof

The maximum span of a type A or type A2 lintel for the lower of a two storey building with a
heavy roof shall be in accordance with Table 7.29.
For Table 7.29 determine the loaded dimension of the lintel at floor level and the loaded
dimension of the wall above the lintel at roof level and use the greater value in Table 7.29.

Lintel type A Lintel type A2


Member Wind Lintel depth
Span for LD of: (m) Span for LD of: (m)
type zone (mm)
1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0
180 0.60 SED SED SED 1.00 0.60 SED SED

250 0.60 SED SED SED 1.00 0.60 SED SED


Low to
300 0.60 SED SED SED 1.00 0.60 SED SED
Medium
400 0.60 SED SED SED 1.00 0.60 SED SED

600 0.60 SED SED SED 1.00 0.60 SED SED

180 0.60 SED SED SED 1.00 0.60 SED SED

250 0.60 SED SED SED 1.00 0.60 SED SED


High 300 0.60 SED SED SED 1.00 0.60 SED SED

400 0.60 SED SED SED 1.00 0.60 SED SED

600 0.60 SED SED SED 1.00 0.60 SED SED


PA/SA
180 0.60 SED SED SED 1.00 0.60 SED SED

250 0.60 SED SED SED 1.00 0.60 SED SED


Very
300 0.60 SED SED SED 1.00 0.60 SED SED
High
400 0.60 SED SED SED 1.00 0.60 SED SED

600 0.60 SED SED SED 1.00 0.60 SED SED

180 0.60 SED SED SED 1.00 0.60 SED SED

250 0.60 SED SED SED 1.00 0.60 SED SED


Extra
300 0.60 SED SED SED 1.00 0.60 SED SED
High
400 0.60 SED SED SED 1.00 0.60 SED SED

600 0.60 SED SED SED 1.00 0.60 SED SED

180 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED

250 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED


Low to
300 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED
Medium
400 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED

600 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED

180 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED

250 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED


High 300 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED

400 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED

600 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED


PB/SB
180 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED

250 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED


Very
300 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED
High
400 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED

600 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED

180 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED

250 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED


Extra
300 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED
High
400 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED

600 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 84


Table 7.29 (continued) Lintels for lower of two storey - Heavy roof
Lintel type A Lintel type A2
Member Wind Lintel depth
Span for LD of: (m) Span for LD of: (m)
type zone (mm)
1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0
180 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED

250 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED


Low to
300 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED
Medium
400 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED

600 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED

180 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED

250 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED


High 300 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED

400 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED

600 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED


PC/SC
180 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED

250 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED


Very
300 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED
High
400 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED

600 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED

180 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED

250 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED


Extra
300 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED
High
400 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED

600 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED

180 1.50 0.90 0.60 SED 2.40 1.40 0.90 0.70


250 1.50 0.90 0.60 SED 2.40 1.40 0.90 0.70
Low to
300 1.50 0.90 0.60 SED 2.40 1.40 0.90 0.70
Medium
400 1.50 0.90 0.60 SED 2.40 1.40 0.90 0.70
600 1.50 0.90 0.60 SED 2.30 1.30 0.90 0.70
180 1.50 0.90 0.60 SED 2.40 1.40 0.90 0.70
250 1.50 0.90 0.60 SED 2.40 1.40 0.90 0.70
High 300 1.50 0.90 0.60 SED 2.40 1.40 0.90 0.70
400 1.50 0.90 0.60 SED 2.40 1.40 0.90 0.70
600 1.50 0.90 0.60 SED 2.30 1.30 0.90 0.70
PD/SD
180 1.50 0.90 0.60 SED 2.40 1.40 0.90 0.70
250 1.50 0.90 0.60 SED 2.40 1.40 0.90 0.70
Very
300 1.50 0.90 0.60 SED 2.40 1.40 0.90 0.70
High
400 1.50 0.90 0.60 SED 2.40 1.40 0.90 0.70
600 1.50 0.90 0.60 SED 2.30 1.30 0.90 0.70
180 1.50 0.90 0.60 SED 2.40 1.40 0.90 0.70
250 1.50 0.90 0.60 SED 2.40 1.40 0.90 0.70
Extra
300 1.50 0.90 0.60 SED 2.40 1.40 0.90 0.70
High
400 1.50 0.90 0.60 SED 2.40 1.40 0.90 0.70
600 1.50 0.90 0.60 SED 2.30 1.30 0.90 0.70

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 85


The maximum span of a type C, type E, type C2, or type E2 lintel for the lower of a two storey
building with a heavy roof shall be in accordance with Table 7.30.
For Table 7.30 determine the loaded dimension of the lintel at floor level and the loaded
dimension of the wall above the lintel at roof level and use the greater value in Table 7.30.

Lintel type C or E Lintel type C2 or E2


Member Wind Lintel depth
Span for LD of: (m) Span for LD of: (m)
type zone (mm)
1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0
180 SED SED SED SED 1.00 0.60 SED SED

250 0.90 SED SED SED 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED


Low to
300 1.10 0.60 SED SED 2.20 1.20 0.90 0.70
Medium
400 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED 3.20 1.80 1.30 1.00
600 2.70 1.60 1.10 0.80 3.90 SED SED SED

180 SED SED SED SED 1.00 0.60 SED SED

250 0.90 SED SED SED 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED


High 300 1.10 0.60 SED SED 2.20 1.20 0.90 0.70
400 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED 3.20 1.80 1.30 1.00
600 2.70 1.60 1.10 0.80 3.90 SED SED SED
PA/SA
180 SED SED SED SED 1.00 0.60 SED SED

250 0.90 SED SED SED 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED


Very
300 1.10 0.60 SED SED 2.20 1.20 0.90 0.70
High
400 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED 3.20 1.80 1.30 1.00
600 2.70 1.60 1.10 0.80 3.90 SED SED SED

180 SED SED SED SED 1.00 0.60 SED SED

250 0.90 SED SED SED 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED


Extra
300 1.10 0.60 SED SED 2.20 1.20 0.90 0.70
High
400 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED 3.20 1.80 1.30 1.00
600 2.70 1.60 1.10 0.80 3.90 SED SED SED

180 1.00 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED

250 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED 2.60 1.70 1.20 0.90


Low to
300 2.20 1.30 0.90 0.70 2.90 2.20 1.50 1.20
Medium
400 2.70 1.50 1.10 0.80 3.40 SED SED SED

600 3.20 1.80 1.30 1.00 4.20 SED SED SED

180 1.00 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED

250 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED 2.60 1.70 1.20 0.90


High 300 2.20 1.30 0.90 0.70 2.90 2.20 1.50 1.20
400 2.70 1.50 1.10 0.80 3.40 SED SED SED

600 3.20 1.80 1.30 1.00 4.20 SED SED SED


PB/SB
180 1.00 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED

250 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED 2.60 1.70 1.20 0.90


Very
300 2.20 1.30 0.90 0.70 2.90 2.20 1.50 1.20
High
400 2.70 1.50 1.10 0.80 3.40 SED SED SED

600 3.20 1.80 1.30 1.00 4.20 SED SED SED

180 1.00 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED

250 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED 2.60 1.70 1.20 0.90


Extra
300 2.20 1.30 0.90 0.70 2.90 2.20 1.50 1.20
High
400 2.70 1.50 1.10 0.80 3.40 SED SED SED

600 3.20 1.80 1.30 1.00 4.20 SED SED SED

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 86


Table 7.30 (continued) Lintel for lower of two storey - Heavy roof
Lintel type C or E Lintel type C2 or E2
Member Wind Lintel depth
Span for LD of: (m) Span for LD of: (m)
type zone (mm)
1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0
180 1.00 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED

250 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED 2.60 1.70 1.20 0.90


Low to
300 2.20 1.30 0.90 0.70 2.90 2.20 1.50 1.20
Medium
400 2.70 1.50 1.10 0.80 3.40 SED SED SED

600 3.20 1.80 1.30 1.00 4.20 SED SED SED

180 1.00 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED

250 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED 2.60 1.70 1.20 0.90


High 300 2.20 1.30 0.90 0.70 2.90 2.20 1.50 1.20
400 2.70 1.50 1.10 0.80 3.40 SED SED SED

600 3.20 1.80 1.30 1.00 4.20 SED SED SED


PC/SC
180 1.00 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED

250 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED 2.60 1.70 1.20 0.90


Very
300 2.20 1.30 0.90 0.70 2.90 2.20 1.50 1.20
High
400 2.70 1.50 1.10 0.80 3.40 SED SED SED

600 3.20 1.80 1.30 1.00 4.20 SED SED SED

180 1.00 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED

250 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED 2.60 1.70 1.20 0.90


Extra
300 2.20 1.30 0.90 0.70 2.90 2.20 1.50 1.20
High
400 2.70 1.50 1.10 0.80 3.40 SED SED SED

600 3.20 1.80 1.30 1.00 4.20 SED SED SED

180 1.60 0.90 0.60 SED 2.30 1.40 1.00 0.70


250 2.50 1.50 1.00 0.80 2.90 2.20 1.60 1.20
Low to
300 2.80 1.80 1.20 1.00 3.20 2.40 SED SED
Medium
400 2.90 1.70 1.20 0.90 3.80 SED SED SED

600 3.40 2.00 1.40 1.00 SED SED SED SED

180 1.60 0.90 0.60 SED 2.30 1.40 1.00 0.70


250 2.50 1.50 1.00 0.80 2.90 2.20 1.60 1.20
High 300 2.80 1.80 1.20 1.00 3.20 2.40 SED SED

400 2.90 1.70 1.20 0.90 3.80 SED SED SED

600 3.40 2.00 1.40 1.00 SED SED SED SED


PD/SD
180 1.60 0.90 0.60 SED 2.30 1.40 1.00 0.70
250 2.50 1.50 1.00 0.80 2.90 2.20 1.60 1.20
Very
300 2.80 1.80 1.20 1.00 3.20 2.40 SED SED
High
400 2.90 1.70 1.20 0.90 3.80 SED SED SED

600 3.40 2.00 1.40 1.00 SED SED SED SED

180 1.60 0.90 0.60 SED 2.30 1.40 1.00 0.70


250 2.50 1.50 1.00 0.80 2.90 2.20 1.60 1.20
Extra
300 2.80 1.80 1.20 1.00 3.20 2.40 SED SED
High
400 2.90 1.70 1.20 0.90 3.80 SED SED SED

600 3.40 2.00 1.40 1.00 SED SED SED SED

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 87


8. FLOOR FRAMING
8.1. GENERAL
This section sets out the requirements for the construction of steel-framed intermediate floors.
Joists shall be C-section or web joist members.

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 88


8.2. FLOORING

Flooring shall be light weight installed with consideration of the flooring product limitations and
using the maximum span and spacing determined by the joist Tables within this Standard.

8.3. BUILDING PRACTICE

Floor cantilevers

Floor cantilevers shall not exceed 150 mm for C-section joists and 300 mm for web joists.

Cantilevers supporting one storey and a roof shall be permitted.

Cantilevered joists shall be blocked in accordance with 8.4.4.4.

8.4. JOISTS

General

Spacing of joists shall be at a maximum of 600 mm centres and be determined by the span
capacity of the joist and the flooring.

Joists shall be fixed to the top plate of walls with a minimum of 2 x 10g screws at each point
where they land on a wall or at 1200 mm centres where the joist runs along the top of a wall.

Unlipped C-section boundary end joists shall be the full depth of the floor joist, with a minimum
flange of 30mm and a minimum BMT of 1.15 mm and have an additional 10g screw into the top
of each joist.

Joist shall have a minimum 80 mm bearing on external walls and 45 mm bearing on internal
walls.

SED is required for floor joists supporting internal load bearing walls.

Internal non-loadbearing walls may be supported by a floor joist system specified in accordance
with section 8.4.6.

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 89


The bottom plate of the wall frame shall be fixed down at a minimum of 1200 mm centres in
accordance with detail shown in Figure 9.20 Where an internal non-loadbearing wall runs
parallel to the supporting joists, supporting blocking shall be provided at a minimum of 1200 mm
centres and the wall shall not be designed for any lateral loads resulting from wind and
earthquake.

Floor joist perimeters


The floor joist perimeter shall be in accordance with the following (see Figures 8.1, 8.2, 8.3 and
8.4):
1. C-section or web joists along the full length of the side perimeter
2. C-section boundary joist the full length of the end perimeter ; or
3. Web joist blocking between joists of the same material as the main joists and fixed with
2 x 10g screws into the top and bottom chord of the main joist. Refer to 7.3.1 for top plate
requirements; or
4. Web boundary joist the full length of the end perimeter fixed with 8 x 10g screws through
double studs at each incoming joist as shown in Figure 8.4.

Joist top bracing


The top of floor joist members shall be laterally braced by the application of flooring fastened to
the joists.

Joist blocking

Floor joists with spans that exceed 3500 mm shall be blocked at mid-span with one of the
methods given in 8.4.4.1 to 8.4.4.3.

Floor joists under a diaphragm floor with sheet joints in accordance with 5.5.2 shall be blocked
with one of the methods given in 8.4.4.1. or 8.4.4.2.

Web joists shall have blocking in accordance with Figure 8.5.

Blocking shall be in accordance with the following:


1. The blocking shall be constructed of the same material as the joists;
2. Fixed with 2 x 10g screws fixed to the top and bottom chord of each joist or
3. a minimum of a 2 x 50 mm long x 35 mm x 35 mm angle brackets, 0.75 mm BMT, and of
grade G550 fixed with 1 x 10g screw to the bottom and top chord of both the joist and
blocking as shown in Figure 8.6.

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 90


C-section joist blocking shall be the same material as the joists and fixed with an angle bracket
which is ¾ the height of the joist, shall be 1.2 mm in thickness and with 10g screws at 50 mm
centres as shown in Figure 8.7 (end 1) and 2 angle brackets that are 50 mm long, 0.75 mm
BMT, grade G300 minimum and fixed with 1 10g screws into each face. See Figure 8.7 (end 2).

Continuous steel straps shall be installed in accordance with Figure 8.8.

Steel straps shall be at least 25 mm in width, 0.55 mm in thickness, and grade G550.

Straps shall be fastened to the bottom of each joist with 1 x 10g screw, fastened to top with
1 x 10g screw.

The outer ends of each strap shall be fastened with 2 x 10g screws.

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 91


Blocking shall be installed between joists across bearing supports.

Blocking shall consist of C-section or web members in accordance with 8.4.4.1 and 8.4.4.2.

The minimum depth of the blocking shall be equal to the height of the joist minus 20 mm.

Opening in floors

Openings in floors shall be formed with a trimmer and double end joists joist as shown in
Figure 8.9.

The trimmer joist shall be the same size as the floor joists.

Each floor joist to trimmer joist connection shall be in accordance with the detail shown in
8.4.4.1 or 8.4.4.2. with one connection each side.

Each trimmer joist connection shall be in accordance with the detail shown in 8.4.4.1 or 8.4.4.2.
fixed with an additional 10g screw at each connection.

The ends of the trimmer joist shall be supported by double end joists formed from 2 joists with
the top and bottom chords fixed together with 10g screws at 300 mm centres. C-section double
joists shall be back to back and fixed together at the top and bottom with 10g screws at 300 mm
centres.

The additional joist to form the double end joist shall span between the support walls.

Floor joists to one side of the opening shall be supported on a load bearing wall and span a
maximum distance from the nearest support of 1.2 metres on the other side.

The maximum length of a trimmer joist shall be 3.65 metres.

Configuration shown in Figure 8.9 also applies to C-section joists

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 92


Span Tables

Floor joist spans are given in Table 8.1 to Table 8.4.

Floor joist spans include single or continuous spans.

The maximum span of a C-section floor joist shall be in accordance with Table 8.1.
Span Table C-section floor joists
Maximum span of joist (m)
maximum spacing of (mm):
Section Size 400 ctrs 450 ctrs 600 ctrs
C15012 3.2 3.1 2.8
C15015 3.5 3.3 3.0
C15019 3.7 3.6 3.3
C20012 4.0 3.9 3.5
C20015 4.4 4.2 3.8
C20019 4.8 4.6 4.1
C25015 5.3 5.1 4.6
C25019 5.6 5.4 4.9
C30015 6.1 5.9 5.4
C30019 6.4 6.2 5.7

Cuts, holes and notches in C-section joists

Except for cutting to length, joists shall never be cut, notched or deformed in any way.

Except as required for fixings at supports, no holes shall be made in flanges.

Holes in the web of C-section floor joists shall be in accordance with Figure 8.10.

Hole diameter ‘d’ in webs shall not exceed 0.38 x clear height ‘h’ of the web.

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 93


A vertical stud shall be provided within the web joist where the joist is supported by a wall and
wherever a hold down connection is required from a wall above on a boundary joist.

The maximum span of a web floor joist with PB/PC chord and SB/SC stud/web combinations
with a minimum thickness of ≥ 0.75 mm BMT shall be in accordance with Table 8.2 to Table 8.3.

For PD/SD chord and stud/web combinations with a thickness ≥ 0.95mm BMT, span tables shall
be multiplied by 1.1.

PA and SA members are not suitable for these tables and shall be SED if used.

Web joist assembly shall be as per Figure 8.11. Refer to Appendix E for more details.

Span Table for web floor joists 1.5 kPa floor live load
Depth of joist (mm) 200 250 300 350
Max span (m) of 400 3.7 4.4 5.1 5.6
Joist at max 450 3.6 4.2 4.8 5.4
spacing (mm) of: 600 3.2 3.8 4.1 4.8 (1)
(1) Requires 2 x 10g self-drilling screws at each side of each web.

Span Table for web floor joists 2 kPa floor live load
Depth of joist (mm) 200 250 300 350
Max span (m) of 400 3.4 4.1 4.7 4.9
Joist at max 450 3.3 3.9 4.4 4.9 (1)
spacing (mm) of: 600 3 3.3 3.9(1) 4.3 (1)
(1) Requires 2 x 10g self-drilling screws at each side of each web.

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 94


9. FIXINGS AND CONNECTIONS
9.1. SCREW CLEARANCE AND PENETRATION REQUIREMENTS

Screw fixings shall be a minimum of one and half times the diameter of the screw shank from
the closest end and edge of the members being connected except for battens that shall be a
minimum of three times the diameter of the screw shank from the closest end of the batten
being connected.

Minimum centre to centre spacing between screw fixings shall be 3 times the diameter of the
screw shank.

Screw fixings into timber shall be a minimum of four times the diameter of the screw shank from
any edges and ends of the timber member.

Screws shall have a minimum of three threads penetration through the connection.
Comment:
Thermal breaks are shown on some connection drawings (Refer to NASH Building Envelope Solutions for
details of thermal break applications).

9.2. ROOF BATTENS TO RAFTER/TRUSS

General

The batten tie-down to a truss or rafter connection for steel battens in wind zones up to and
including Extra High shall be as given in Table 9.1.

For timber battens, the tie down requirements for light and heavy roof for wind zones up to very
high shall be as given in Table 9.2 and Table 9.3 for the Extra High wind zone.

Tie-down connections
Roof battens shall be secured to the truss chord or rafter by one of the following methods:
1. For steel roof battens, screws given in Table 9.1.
2. For timber battens, screws given in Table 9.2 or Table 9.3 using the thickness of the truss or
rafter, spacing of the truss or rafter, and the spacing of the batten.

Steel roof battens

Steel batten connection

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 95


Connections of steel roof battens to truss chord or rafter. 0.55 rafters
Number of fixings per roof batten
Batten Roof Maximum Wind zone
type area Span spacing L M H VH EH
X 900 450 2x10g 2x10g 2x10g 2x10g 4x10g
30CB75
Y 900 450 2x10g 2x10g 2x10g 4x10g SED

X 900 900 2x10g 2x10g 2x10g 4x10g 4x10g


40RB48
Y 900 900 2x10g 2x10g 4x10g 4x10g 4x10g

X 1200 900 2x10g 2x10g 4x10g 4x10g 4x10g


40RB55
Y 1200 900 2x10g 4x10g 4x10g SED SED

Roof area

X General roof area

Y Roof area within 0.2 x building width at edges

Timber roof battens

Timber batten connection


Timber batten span tables are not part of this Standard. Refer to NZS 3604
Fixing shall be the same for all roof areas.

Connections of timber roof battens to truss chord or rafter VH wind zone


Screw connection
Truss/rafter Spacing (mm)
450 600 900 1200
Min truss/rafter
Batten BMT(mm)
0.55 0.55 0.75 0.75
spacing
(mm)
600 2x10g 2x10g 2x10g 3x10g
900 3x10g 3x10g 3x10g 3x14g
1200 3x10g 3x14g 3x14g SED

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 96


Connections of timber roof battens to truss chord or rafter EH wind zone
Screw connection
Truss/rafter Spacing (mm)
450 600 900 1200
Min truss/rafter
Batten BMT (mm)
spacing 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75
(mm)
600 2x10g 2x10g 3x10g 3x14g
900 2x10g 3x10g 3x14g SED
1200 3x10g 3x14g SED SED

9.3. TRUSS/ RAFTER TO TOP PLATE

Truss/rafter connections general


The truss or rafter shall be secured to the wall top plate or beam by one of the following
methods:
• Type A: ‘H’ bracket for up to wind zone VH as shown in Figure 9.3 or Figure 9.5 and with
screw connections in accordance with Table 9.4; or
• Type B: Angle bracket for up to wind zone EH as described in 9.3.3 and as shown in Figure
9.7 or Figure 9.8 and with screw connections and in accordance with Table 9.5; or
• Type C: Angle bracket as described in 9.3.3 and as shown in Figure 9.7 or Figure 9.8 and
with screw connections in accordance with Table 9.6; or
• Type D: Beam pocket and as shown in Figure 9.9 and with screw connections in accordance
with Table 9.7

Girder truss connections shall be Type B.

Type A ‘H’ bracket connection


‘H’ brackets shall be produced from C-section, 0.75mm thick, Grade G550, framing members of
a minimum size as given in Figure 9.3.

‘H’ Bracket

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 97


Truss ‘H’ brackets shall be installed as given in Figure 9.4 with screw fixings into each side of
the top plate and into the truss in accordance with Table 9.4 or a proprietary bracket with the
same number of screws as shown in Table 9.4 and a minimum capacity for the bracket of 6 kN
for a single bracket connection or 3 kN for a double bracket connection.

2 X 12g screws through the top plate into the truss/rafter bottom chord shall be provided if an ‘H’
bracket is only used on one side.

Proprietary ‘H’ brackets shall meet the requirements of 3.6 for durability and NASH Standard
Part 1 section 7 for strength requirements.

Type A roof truss tie down – ‘H’ bracket

Rafter H brackets shall be installed as given in Figure 9.5 with screw fixings into each side of
the top plate and into the rafter in accordance with Table 9.4.

Type A rafter tie down - H bracket

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 98


Member rafters shall use only 1 bracket on the solid web side of the rafter and connection shall
be as shown in Table 9.4 for 1 bracket.
Type A: Screws per connection of roof truss or rafter up to VH wind zone
Description Maximum truss spacing 1200mm

Min truss/rafter material BMT (mm) 0.55 ≥0.75 ≥0.75

Number of ‘H’ brackets 2 1 2


Screws to truss/rafter
4x10g 4x10g 2x10g
(per bracket)
Screws to top plate
4x10g 4x10g 2x10g
(per bracket)
Vertical Screws top plate to truss/rafter
2x12g
chord

Type B angle bracket connection


Angle brackets shall be formed from a minimum of 0.91mm BMT, Grade G300 steel of a
minimum size as given in Figure 9.6 or a proprietary bracket with the same number of screws as
shown in Table 9.5 and a minimum capacity for the bracket of 6 kN for a single bracket
connection or 3 kN for a double bracket connection.

Proprietary angle brackets shall meet the requirements of 3.6 for durability and NASH Standard
Part 1 section 7 for strength requirements.

Angle bracket

Angle brackets shall be installed as given in Figure 9.7 with screw fixings into the top plate and
into the truss in accordance with Table 9.5.

Type B roof truss tie down - angle bracket

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 99


Angle brackets shall be installed as given in Figure 9.8 with screw fixings into the top plate and
into the rafter in accordance with Table 9.5.

Member rafters shall use only 1 bracket on the solid web side of the rafter and connection shall
be as shown in Table 9.5 for the 1 bracket option.

Type B rafter tie down – angle bracket

Type B screws per connection of roof truss or rafter


Description Maximum truss spacing 1200mm

Wind Zone VH VH EH

Min truss/rafter material BMT (mm) 0.55 ≥0.75 ≥0.75

No of brackets 2 1 2
Screws to truss/rafter
4x10g 4x10g 4x10g
(per bracket)
Screws to top plate: vertical
2x10g 2x10g 2x10g
(per bracket)
Screws to top plate/stud: horizontal
4x10g 4x10g 2x10g
(per bracket)

Angle bracket connections type C shall be as given in Figure 9.7 or Figure 9.8 with screw
connections in accordance with Table 9.6
Connection for stud to plates in studs directly beneath Type C bracket connections shall be
4 x 10g screws or 4.8mm rivets.

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 100


Description Maximum truss spacing 1200mm

Wind Zone VH EH

Min truss/rafter material BMT (mm) ≥0.75 ≥0.75

No of brackets 4 4

Screws to truss/rafter (per bracket) 2x10g 2x10g

Screws to top plate: vertical (per bracket) 2x10g 2x10g

Screws to top plate/stud: horizontal (per bracket) 2x10g 2x10g

Web rafter to wall connections with a beam pocket shall be in accordance with Figure 9.9 with
screw connections in accordance with Table 9.7.

Web rafter beam pocket


Type D: Web rafter beam pocket connections up to EH
Description Maximum rafter spacing 1200mm
Min truss/rafter material BMT (mm) 0.55 ≥0.75

Screws to wall (each side) 5x10g 3x10g

Screws to 25mm x 0.9mm G300 strap to top plate 4x10g each side 4x10g each side

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 101


9.4. RAFTER, RIDGE & INTERMEDIATE BEAMS

Ridge and intermediate beam to perimeter wall


Ridge and intermediate beams up to 25̊ pitch shall be connected to wall framing as given in
Figure 9.10 (a) with the connection in accordance with Table 9.8.
Ridge and intermediate beams over 25̊ pitch shall be connected to wall framing as given in
Figure 9.10 (b) with the connection supplemented with a minimum 35 x 35 x 0.75 mm full height
of the ridge or intermediate beam and the total number of fixings within the connection in
accordance with Table 9.8.

Ridge beam to perimeter wall connection


Ridge beam to perimeter wall connection - all wind zones
Description Maximum 8kN Maximum 12kN

Min truss/rafter material BMT (mm) 0.55 ≥0.75

Screws to wall (each side) 12x10g 8x10g

Screws to 25mm x 0.9mm G300 strap to top plate 4x10g each side 4x10g each side

Rafter to ridge or intermediate beam - angle bracket


Rafters shall be connected to the ridge beam as given in Figure 9.11 for all wind zones
including EH with the connection in accordance with Table 9.9.

Rafter to ridge detail


Rafter to ridge - angle bracket connection all wind zones
Description
Min truss/rafter material BMT (mm) 0.55 ≥0.75

No of angle brackets 4 4

Screws to each face of each bracket 4x10g 2x10g

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 102


Rafter to intermediate beam

Intermediate beams shall be installed under rafters.

Rafter to intermediate beam connections with ‘H’ brackets shall be in accordance with
Figure 9.12 and Table 9.10.

Rafter to intermediate beam ‘H’ bracket connection


Rafter to intermediate beam ‘H’ bracket connection – Up to VH wind zone
Description Maximum rafter spacing 1200mm

Min beam/rafter material BMT (mm) 0.55 ≥0.75

Number of ‘H’ brackets 2 2

Screws to beam/rafter (per bracket) 4x10g 4x10g


Screws to top plate (per bracket) 4x10g 4x10g
Maximum intermediate beam spacing 2.6m 5.1m

Rafter to intermediate beam connections with angle brackets shall be in accordance with
Figure 9.13 and Table 9.11.

Rafter to intermediate beam ‘L’ bracket


Rafter to intermediate beam angle bracket connection – EH wind zone
Description

Min truss/rafter material BMT (mm) 0.55 ≥0.75

No of anchor brackets 2 2

Screws to truss/rafter (per bracket) 4x10g 4x10g

Screws to top plate: vertical (per bracket) 2x10g 2x10g

Screws to top plate/stud: horizontal (per bracket) 4x10g 4x10g

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 103


9.5. CEILING BATTEN TO TRUSS CHORD AND RAFTERS

Ceiling battens, where installed, shall be installed as per ceiling manufacturers specifications.

Ceiling battens shall comply with 6.2.3.

The connections between ceiling battens to truss chords and rafters shall be in accordance with
9.5.1 and 9.5.2 and the maximum span shall be 1.2 metres.

Steel ceiling batten connection


Steel ceiling battens shall be connected with 2 x 10g screws to each joist, rafter or truss as
given in Figure 9.14.

Steel ceiling battens connections

Timber ceiling batten connection


Timber ceiling battens shall be connected with 1 x 10g 45 mm screw at each joist or truss as
given in Figure 9.17.

Timber ceiling battens connections

9.6. BRACING DIAPHRAGMS

Ceiling Diaphragms

The perimeter of the ceiling diaphragm shall have a minimum of a 35 mm x 35 mm x 0.75 mm


angle.

The angle shall be fixed to the walls with 10g screws at 300 mm centres as shown in Figure
9.18

Refer to 5.5.1 for more details.

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 104


Diaphragm ceiling (View from inside)

9.7. BRACING WALL CONNECTIONS


Each wall that contains bracing elements shall be connected at the top plate level with the
methods provided in 9.7.1 and 9.7.2.

Fixing of top plates of connected bracing walls


1. Internal walls containing not more than 125 bracing units that are connected to one external
wall shall be fixed with a strap to the top plate as shown in Figure 9.17 with 4 x 10g screws
to each top plate
2. Internal wall containing not more than 250 bracing units that are connected to two external
walls shall be fixed with a 150 mm x 25 mm x 0.9 mm G300 strap to the top plate as shown
in Figure 9.17 with 4 x 10g screws to each top plate
3. Internal wall containing more than 250 bracing units shall be connected to two external walls
fixed with a strap to the top plate as shown in Figure 9.17 with 4 x 10g screws to each top
plate plus 2 additional screws to each top plate per additional 100 bracing units.

Bracing wall connection

Fixing of top plates of unconnected bracing walls

Internal bracing walls that are not connected to external walls shall be fixed to the roof framing
with structural connections given in Figure 9.18.

One connection shall be required for each 250 Bu’s, as calculated from section 5, within the
brace wall line.

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 105


Roof framing across bracing wall

9.8. WALL FRAME TO MASONRY OR CONCRETE WALLS


Connections to masonry or concrete walls require a DPC layer between the framing and
concrete or masonry. Frames shall be fixed with a concrete anchor with a minimum pull-out
capacity of 2.4kN per fixing. The fixings shall be 1 at the top plate, nogs and bottom plate.

9.9. BOTTOM PLATE TO FLOOR FRAME OR SLAB

Tie down methods for bottom plate to floor system


The bottom plate shall be secured to the floor system by one of the following methods as
appropriate:
1. masonry anchor connection to the concrete slab;
2. bolt or screw connection to a steel floor joist;
3. screw connection to a timber floor joist.

Tie down locations

Tie downs shall be classified as Type D or Type E as shown in 9.9.5 and 9.9.6.

Type D tie downs shall be used in all locations unless specified otherwise.

1 tie down shall be provided to each stud at each side of Beam pockets.

Type E tie downs shall be used at girder truss, ridge beam and intermediate beam locations and
where required under 7.5.2.

Framing tie down fixings shall be within 100 mm of each end of each plate and be spaced at a
maximum of 1200 mm centres and 100 mm from a stud.

Where 2 studs are back to back and 2 tie downs are required these may be installed each side
of the back to back studs.

Type D anchor minimum capacities


For external walls each anchor system shall have a minimum capacity as follows:
• Horizontal in plane of wall = 4 kN
• Horizontal out of plane of wall = 3 kN
• Vertical loads in axial tension of fastener = 6kN

For internal walls each anchor system shall have a minimum capacity as follows:
• Horizontal in plane of wall = 2 kN
NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 106
• Horizontal out of plane of wall = 2 kN
• Vertical loads in axial tension of fastener = 4kN

Type E anchor minimum capacities


For external walls each anchor system shall have a minimum capacity as follows:
• Horizontal in plane of wall = 4 kN
• Horizontal out of plane of wall = 3 kN
• Vertical loads in axial tension of fastener = 10kN

For internal walls each anchor system shall have a minimum capacity as follows:
• Horizontal in plane of wall = 4 kN
• Horizontal out of plane of wall = 3 kN
• Vertical loads in axial tension of fastener = 10kN

Type D tie down assemblies


Type D hold down assemblies shall be as given in Figure 9.19 to 9.24

Type D standard concrete slab tie down

Type D steel floor joist tie down. Screw fixed


See Figure 9.21 for cross section of this connection.
NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 107
Type D steel floor joist tie down. Screw fixed

Type D steel floor joist tie down. Bolt option


See Figure 9.23 for cross section of this connection

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 108


Type D steel floor joist tie down. Elevations. Bolt option

Type D timber floor joist

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 109


Type E tie down assemblies

Type E hold down assemblies shall use the hold down bracket and washer as shown in Figure
9.25 and the details as shown in Figure 9.26 to 9.29 or a proprietary bracket with a minimum
10kN capacity.
Proprietary angle brackets shall meet the requirements of Section 3.6 and NASH Standard
Part 1 section 7.

Type E hold down bracket

Type E concrete floor tie down

Type E timber floor joist tie down


NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 110
Type E steel floor joist bolted tie down
See Figure 9.29 for cross section of this connection.

Type E steel floor joist bolted tie down. Elevations

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 111


10. INTERNAL LINING
10.1. STANDARD LINING
Interior lining should consist of a minimum of 10 mm gypsum plasterboard fixed in accordance
with the design details and manufacturers recommendations using bugle head self-drilling
screws.

10.2. RATED LINING


Plasterboard used for bracing, fire rating, sound insulation, or a wet area lining shall be in
accordance with the tested design details and installation instructions from the manufacture of
the board.

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 112


11. SNOW DESIGN
11.1. SNOW DESIGN

The effects of snow loads up to 1.0 kPa ground snow load on member sizes, bracing and
connection details have been accommodated in this Standard.

This section provides additional requirements for the design of buildings to 1.5 kPa ground
snow loading.

Roof framing shall comply with section 6 except for load span Tables modified as provided
within this section.

Wall framing shall comply with section 7 except for load span Tables modified as provided
within this section.

Floor framing shall comply with section 8.

This section provides for rafter slopes from 0 to 45 degree pitches.

Member rafters with snow loads up to 1.5 kPa shall use the spans in accordance with
Table 11.1 to Table 11.4.

Web ridge and intermediate beams with snow loads up to 1.5 kPa shall use the spans in
accordance with Table 11.5 to Table 11.7.

Lintels with snow loads up to 1.5 kPa shall use the spans in accordance with Table 11.8 to
Table 11.23.
Where shown in Tables within this section LD = Loaded dimension.

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 113


Member rafters 1.5 kPa snow load span Tables

Light roof Heavy roof


Rafter spacings (mm)
Wind 450 600 900 1200 450 600 900 1200
L 3.37 2.92 2.38 2.06 2.56 2.33 1.94 1.68
M 3.22 2.92 2.38 2.06 2.56 2.33 1.94 1.68
H 2.87 2.60 2.12 1.84 2.56 2.33 1.94 1.68
VH 2.61 2.26 1.85 1.60 2.56 2.33 1.94 1.68
EH 2.37 2.05 1.67 1.45 2.48 2.25 1.91 1.66

Light roof Heavy roof


Rafter spacings (mm)
Wind 450 600 900 1200 450 600 900 1200
L 3.77 3.37 2.75 2.38 3.05 2.74 2.24 1.94
M 3.47 3.16 2.75 2.38 3.05 2.74 2.24 1.94
H 3.09 2.81 2.45 2.12 3.05 2.74 2.24 1.94
VH 2.84 2.58 2.14 1.85 2.84 2.58 2.24 1.94
EH 2.67 2.37 1.93 1.67 2.67 2.42 2.12 1.91

Light roof Heavy roof


Rafter spacings (mm)
Wind 450 600 900 1200 450 600 900 1200
L 4.01 3.64 3.08 2.66 3.24 2.95 2.50 2.17
M 3.69 3.35 2.93 2.66 3.24 2.95 2.50 2.17
H 3.29 2.99 2.61 2.37 3.24 2.95 2.50 2.17
VH 3.02 2.74 2.39 2.07 3.02 2.74 2.40 2.17
EH 2.83 2.57 2.16 1.87 2.83 2.57 2.25 2.04

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 114


Light roof Heavy roof
Wind Rafter spacings (mm)
zone 450 600 900 1200 450 600 900 1200
L 7.22 6.26 5.11 4.30 5.88 5.09 3.79 2.85
M 7.22 6.26 5.11 4.30 5.88 5.09 3.79 2.85
H 6.43 5.57 4.54 3.40 5.88 5.09 3.79 2.85
VH 5.61 4.86 3.45 2.59 5.88 5.09 3.79 2.85
EH 5.07 4.24 2.83 2.12 5.80 5.03 3.70 2.77

Light roof Heavy roof


Rafter spacings (mm)
Wind
zone 450 600 900 1200 450 600 900 1200
L 8.34 7.22 5.90 5.11 6.79 5.88 4.80 4.16
M 8.34 7.22 5.90 5.11 6.79 5.88 4.80 4.16
H 7.42 6.43 5.25 4.54 6.79 5.88 4.80 4.16
VH 6.48 5.61 4.58 3.97 6.79 5.88 4.80 4.16
EH 5.86 5.07 4.14 3.59 6.70 5.80 4.74 4.10

Light roof Heavy roof


Rafter spacings (mm)
Wind
zone 450 600 900 1200 450 600 900 1200
L 8.34 7.22 5.90 5.11 6.79 5.88 4.80 4.16
M 8.34 7.22 5.90 5.11 6.79 5.88 4.80 4.16
H 7.42 6.43 5.25 4.54 6.79 5.88 4.80 4.16
VH 6.48 5.61 4.58 3.97 6.79 5.88 4.80 4.16
EH 5.86 5.07 4.14 3.59 6.70 5.80 4.74 4.10

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 115


Light roof Heavy roof
Rafter spacings (mm)
Wind
450 600 900 1200 450 600 900 1200
zone
L 7.97 6.90 5.64 4.30 6.49 5.62 3.79 2.85
M 7.97 6.90 5.64 4.30 6.49 5.62 3.79 2.85
H 7.09 6.14 4.54 3.40 6.49 5.62 3.79 2.85
VH 6.19 5.18 3.45 2.59 6.49 5.62 3.79 2.85
EH 5.60 4.24 2.83 2.12 6.40 5.55 3.70 2.77

Light roof Heavy roof


Rafter spacings (mm)
Wind
450 600 900 1200 450 600 900 1200
zone
L 8.50 7.97 6.51 5.64 7.49 6.49 5.30 4.59
M 8.50 7.97 6.51 5.64 7.49 6.49 5.30 4.59
H 8.19 7.09 5.79 5.01 7.49 6.49 5.30 4.59
VH 7.15 6.19 5.05 4.38 7.49 6.49 5.30 4.59
EH 6.46 5.60 4.57 3.63 7.39 6.40 5.23 4.52

Light roof Heavy roof


Rafter spacings (mm)
Wind
450 600 900 1200 450 600 900 1200
zone
L 8.50 7.97 6.51 5.64 7.49 6.49 5.30 4.59
M 8.50 7.97 6.51 5.64 7.49 6.49 5.30 4.59
H 8.19 7.09 5.79 5.01 7.49 6.49 5.30 4.59
VH 7.15 6.19 5.05 4.38 7.49 6.49 5.30 4.59
EH 6.46 5.60 4.57 3.96 7.39 6.40 5.23 4.52

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 116


Light roof Heavy roof
Wind Rafter spacings (mm)
zone 450 600 900 1200 450 600 900 1200
L 8.50 7.49 5.73 4.30 7.04 5.69 3.79 2.85
M 8.50 7.49 5.73 4.30 7.04 5.69 3.79 2.85
H 7.70 6.67 4.54 3.40 7.04 5.69 3.79 2.85
VH 6.72 5.18 3.45 2.59 7.04 5.69 3.79 2.85
EH 5.65 4.24 2.83 2.12 6.95 5.55 3.70 2.77

Light roof Heavy roof


Rafter spacings (mm)
Wind
zone 450 600 900 1200 450 600 900 1200
L 8.50 8.50 7.07 6.12 8.13 7.04 5.75 4.88
M 8.50 8.50 7.07 6.12 8.13 7.04 5.75 4.88
H 8.50 7.70 6.29 5.44 8.13 7.04 5.75 4.88
VH 7.76 6.72 5.49 4.44 8.13 7.04 5.75 4.88
EH 7.02 6.08 4.85 3.63 8.03 6.95 5.68 4.75

Light roof Heavy roof


Rafter spacings (mm)
Wind
zone 450 600 900 1200 450 600 900 1200
L 8.50 8.50 7.07 6.12 8.13 7.04 5.75 4.98
M 8.50 8.50 7.07 6.12 8.13 7.04 5.75 4.98
H 8.50 7.70 6.29 5.44 8.13 7.04 5.75 4.98
VH 7.76 6.72 5.49 4.75 8.13 7.04 5.75 4.98
EH 7.02 6.08 4.96 4.30 8.03 6.95 5.68 4.91

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 117


Web ridge and Intermediate beams 1.5 kPa snow load span Tables

Light roof Heavy roof


Ridge or beam loaded dimension (m)
Wind
zone 2.00 2.70 3.60 4.20 2.00 2.70 3.60 4.20
L 3.43 2.95 2.55 2.36 2.79 2.40 1.90 1.63
M 3.43 2.95 2.55 2.36 2.79 2.40 1.90 1.63
H 3.05 2.62 2.27 1.94 2.79 2.40 1.90 1.63
VH 2.66 2.29 1.73 1.48 2.79 2.40 1.90 1.63
EH 2.41 1.88 1.41 1.21 2.75 2.37 1.85 1.59

Light roof Heavy roof


Ridge or beam loaded dimension (m)
Wind
zone 2.00 2.70 3.60 4.20 2.00 2.70 3.60 4.20
L 3.96 3.41 2.95 2.73 3.22 2.77 2.40 2.22
M 3.96 3.41 2.95 2.73 3.22 2.77 2.40 2.22
H 3.52 3.03 2.62 2.43 3.22 2.77 2.40 2.22
VH 3.07 2.64 2.29 2.12 3.22 2.77 2.40 2.22
EH 2.78 2.39 2.07 1.92 3.18 2.74 2.37 2.19

Light roof Heavy roof


Ridge or beam loaded dimension (m)
Wind
zone 2.00 2.70 3.60 4.20 2.00 2.70 3.60 4.20
L 3.96 3.41 2.95 2.73 3.22 2.77 2.40 2.22
M 3.96 3.41 2.95 2.73 3.22 2.77 2.40 2.22
H 3.52 3.03 2.62 2.43 3.22 2.77 2.40 2.22
VH 3.07 2.64 2.29 2.12 3.22 2.77 2.40 2.22
EH 2.78 2.39 2.07 1.92 3.18 2.74 2.37 2.19

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 118


Light roof Heavy roof
Wind Ridge or beam loaded dimension (m)
zone 2.00 2.70 3.60 4.20 2.00 2.70 3.60 4.20
L 3.78 3.25 2.82 2.46 3.08 2.53 1.90 1.63
M 3.78 3.25 2.82 2.46 3.08 2.53 1.90 1.63
H 3.36 2.90 2.27 1.94 3.08 2.53 1.90 1.63
VH 2.94 2.30 1.73 1.48 3.08 2.53 1.90 1.63
EH 2.54 1.88 1.41 1.21 3.04 2.47 1.85 1.59

Light roof Heavy roof


Wind Ridge or beam loaded dimension (m)
zone 2.00 2.70 3.60 4.20 2.00 2.70 3.60 4.20
L 4.37 3.76 3.25 3.01 3.55 3.06 2.65 2.45
M 4.37 3.76 3.25 3.01 3.55 3.06 2.65 2.45
H 3.88 3.34 2.90 2.68 3.55 3.06 2.65 2.45
VH 3.39 2.92 2.53 2.34 3.55 3.06 2.65 2.45
EH 3.07 2.64 2.29 2.08 3.51 3.02 2.61 2.42

Light roof Heavy roof


Wind Ridge or beam loaded dimension (m)
zone 2.00 2.70 3.60 4.20 2.00 2.70 3.60 4.20
L 4.37 3.76 3.25 3.01 3.55 3.06 2.65 2.45
M 4.37 3.76 3.25 3.01 3.55 3.06 2.65 2.45
H 3.88 3.34 2.90 2.68 3.55 3.06 2.65 2.45
VH 3.39 2.92 2.53 2.34 3.55 3.06 2.65 2.45
EH 3.07 2.64 2.29 2.12 3.51 3.02 2.61 2.42

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 119


Light roof Heavy roof
Wind Ridge or beam loaded dimension (m)
zone 2.00 2.70 3.60 4.20 2.00 2.70 3.60 4.20
L 4.11 3.53 2.87 2.46 3.34 2.53 1.90 1.63
M 4.11 3.53 2.87 2.46 3.34 2.53 1.90 1.63
H 3.65 3.02 2.27 1.94 3.34 2.53 1.90 1.63
VH 3.11 2.30 1.73 1.48 3.34 2.53 1.90 1.63
EH 2.54 1.88 1.41 1.21 3.30 2.47 1.85 1.59

Light roof Heavy roof


Wind Ridge or beam loaded dimension (m)
zone 2.00 2.70 3.60 4.20 2.00 2.70 3.60 4.20
L 4.74 4.08 3.53 3.27 3.86 3.32 2.87 2.66
M 4.74 4.08 3.53 3.27 3.86 3.32 2.87 2.66
H 4.22 3.63 3.14 2.91 3.86 3.32 2.87 2.66
VH 3.68 3.17 2.74 2.54 3.86 3.32 2.87 2.66
EH 3.33 2.86 2.42 2.08 3.81 3.28 2.84 2.62

Light roof Heavy roof


Wind Ridge or beam loaded dimension (m)
zone 2.00 2.70 3.60 4.20 2.00 2.70 3.60 4.20
L 4.74 4.08 3.53 3.27 3.86 3.32 2.87 2.66
M 4.74 4.08 3.53 3.27 3.86 3.32 2.87 2.66
H 4.22 3.63 3.14 2.91 3.86 3.32 2.87 2.66
VH 3.68 3.17 2.74 2.54 3.86 3.32 2.87 2.66
EH 3.33 2.86 2.48 2.30 3.81 3.28 2.84 2.62

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 120


Lintel Tables for 1.5 Kpa snow load
Lintels shall be constructed in accordance with Figure 7.14 with plates where required from
Figure 7.15

Lintel Lintel type A Lintel type A2


Member Wind
depth Span for LD of: (m) Span for LD of: (m)
type zone
(mm) 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0
180 1.30 SED SED SED 2.30 1.20 0.60 SED
250 1.50 0.70 SED SED 2.40 1.30 0.80 SED
Low to
300 1.70 0.90 SED SED 2.40 1.50 1.00 SED
Medium
400 1.90 1.20 SED SED 2.40 1.70 1.30 SED
600 2.40 1.80 SED SED 2.40 2.20 1.80 SED
180 1.30 SED SED SED 2.30 1.20 0.60 SED
250 1.50 0.70 SED SED 2.40 1.30 0.80 SED
High 300 1.70 0.90 SED SED 2.40 1.50 1.00 SED
400 1.90 1.20 SED SED 2.40 1.70 1.30 SED
600 2.40 1.80 SED SED 2.40 2.20 1.80 SED
PA/SA
180 1.30 SED SED SED 2.30 1.20 0.60 SED
250 1.50 0.70 SED SED 2.40 1.30 0.80 SED
Very
300 1.70 0.90 SED SED 2.40 1.50 1.00 SED
High
400 1.90 1.20 SED SED 2.40 1.70 1.30 SED
600 2.40 1.80 SED SED 2.40 2.20 1.80 SED
180 1.30 SED SED SED 2.30 1.20 0.60 SED
250 1.50 0.70 SED SED 2.40 1.30 0.80 SED
Extra
300 1.70 0.90 SED SED 2.40 1.50 1.00 SED
High
400 1.90 1.20 SED SED 2.40 1.70 1.30 SED
600 2.40 1.80 SED SED 2.40 2.20 1.80 SED
180 2.20 1.30 0.70 SED 2.40 2.10 1.30 0.90
250 2.40 1.40 0.90 SED 2.40 2.30 1.50 1.20
Low to
300 2.40 1.60 1.10 SED 2.40 2.40 1.70 1.40
Medium
400 2.40 1.80 1.50 SED 2.40 2.40 1.90 1.60
600 2.40 2.40 1.90 SED 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.00
180 2.20 1.30 0.70 SED 2.40 2.10 1.30 0.90
250 2.40 1.40 0.90 SED 2.40 2.30 1.50 1.20
High 300 2.40 1.60 1.10 SED 2.40 2.40 1.70 1.40
400 2.40 1.80 1.50 SED 2.40 2.40 1.90 1.60
600 2.40 2.40 1.90 SED 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.00
PB/SB
180 2.20 1.30 0.70 SED 2.40 2.10 1.30 0.90
250 2.40 1.40 0.90 SED 2.40 2.30 1.50 1.20
Very
300 2.40 1.60 1.10 SED 2.40 2.40 1.70 1.40
High
400 2.40 1.80 1.50 SED 2.40 2.40 1.90 1.60
600 2.40 2.40 1.90 SED 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.00
180 2.20 1.30 0.70 SED 2.40 2.10 1.30 0.90
250 2.40 1.40 0.90 SED 2.40 2.30 1.50 1.20
Extra
300 2.40 1.60 1.10 SED 2.40 2.40 1.70 1.40
High
400 2.40 1.80 1.50 SED 2.40 2.40 1.90 1.60
600 2.40 2.40 1.90 SED 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.00

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 121


Lintel Lintel type A Lintel type A2
Member Wind
depth Span for LD of: (m) Span for LD of: (m)
type zone
(mm) 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0
180 2.20 1.30 0.70 SED 2.40 2.10 1.30 0.90
250 2.40 1.40 0.90 SED 2.40 2.30 1.50 1.20
Low to
300 2.40 1.60 1.10 SED 2.40 2.40 1.70 1.40
Medium
400 2.40 1.80 1.50 SED 2.40 2.40 1.90 1.60
600 2.40 2.40 1.90 SED 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.00
180 2.20 1.30 0.70 SED 2.40 2.10 1.30 0.90
250 2.40 1.40 0.90 SED 2.40 2.30 1.50 1.20
High 300 2.40 1.60 1.10 SED 2.40 2.40 1.70 1.40
400 2.40 1.80 1.50 SED 2.40 2.40 1.90 1.60
600 2.40 2.40 1.90 SED 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.00
PC/SC
180 2.20 1.30 0.70 SED 2.40 2.10 1.30 0.90
250 2.40 1.40 0.90 SED 2.40 2.30 1.50 1.20
Very
300 2.40 1.60 1.10 SED 2.40 2.40 1.70 1.40
High
400 2.40 1.80 1.50 SED 2.40 2.40 1.90 1.60
600 2.40 2.40 1.90 SED 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.00
180 2.20 1.30 0.70 SED 2.40 2.10 1.30 0.90
250 2.40 1.40 0.90 SED 2.40 2.30 1.50 1.20
Extra
300 2.40 1.60 1.10 SED 2.40 2.40 1.70 1.40
High
400 2.40 1.80 1.50 SED 2.40 2.40 1.90 1.60
600 2.40 2.40 1.90 SED 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.00
180 2.40 1.80 1.20 0.70 2.40 2.40 1.90 1.30
250 2.40 2.00 1.40 1.00 2.40 2.40 2.10 1.50
Low to
300 2.40 2.20 1.50 1.20 2.40 2.40 2.30 1.70
Medium
400 2.40 2.40 1.70 1.50 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.00
600 2.40 2.40 2.20 1.90 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.40
180 2.40 1.80 1.20 0.70 2.40 2.40 1.90 1.30
250 2.40 2.00 1.40 1.00 2.40 2.40 2.10 1.50
High 300 2.40 2.20 1.50 1.20 2.40 2.40 2.30 1.70
400 2.40 2.40 1.70 1.50 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.00
600 2.40 2.40 2.20 1.90 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.40
PD/SD
180 2.40 1.80 1.20 0.70 2.40 2.40 1.90 1.30
250 2.40 2.00 1.40 1.00 2.40 2.40 2.10 1.50
Very
300 2.40 2.20 1.50 1.20 2.40 2.40 2.30 1.70
High
400 2.40 2.40 1.70 1.50 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.00
600 2.40 2.40 2.20 1.90 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.40
180 2.40 1.80 1.20 0.70 2.40 2.40 1.90 1.30
250 2.40 2.00 1.40 1.00 2.40 2.40 2.10 1.50
Extra
300 2.40 2.20 1.50 1.20 2.40 2.40 2.30 1.70
High
400 2.40 2.40 1.70 1.50 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.00
600 2.40 2.40 2.20 1.90 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.40

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 122


Lintel Lintel type C or E Lintel type C2 or E2
Member Wind
depth Span for LD of: (m) Span for LD of: (m)
type zone
(mm) 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0
180 SED SED SED SED 1.30 SED SED SED
250 1.40 SED SED SED 2.60 1.40 0.90 SED
Low to
300 1.90 1.10 SED SED 3.60 2.00 1.40 1.00
Medium
400 3.10 1.80 1.40 SED 4.80 3.20 2.30 1.80
600 4.80 3.30 2.50 2.10 4.80 4.60 3.80 3.20
180 SED SED SED SED 1.30 SED SED SED
250 1.40 SED SED SED 2.60 1.40 0.90 SED
High 300 1.90 1.10 SED SED 3.60 2.00 1.40 1.00
400 3.10 1.80 1.40 SED 4.80 3.20 2.30 1.80
600 4.80 3.30 2.50 2.10 4.80 4.60 3.80 3.20
PA/SA
180 SED SED SED SED 1.30 SED SED SED
250 1.40 SED SED SED 2.60 1.40 0.90 SED
Very
300 1.90 1.10 SED SED 3.60 2.00 1.40 1.00
High
400 3.10 1.80 1.40 SED 4.80 3.20 2.30 1.80
600 4.80 3.30 2.50 2.10 4.80 4.60 3.80 3.20
180 SED SED SED SED 1.30 SED SED SED
250 1.40 SED SED SED 2.60 1.40 0.90 SED
Extra
300 1.90 1.10 SED SED 3.60 2.00 1.40 1.00
High
400 3.10 1.80 1.40 SED 4.80 3.20 2.30 1.80
600 4.80 3.30 2.50 2.10 4.80 4.60 3.80 3.20
180 1.40 SED SED SED 2.60 1.30 0.70 SED
250 2.70 1.40 0.90 SED 3.90 2.50 1.70 1.30
Low to
300 3.60 2.00 1.40 1.10 4.50 3.30 2.40 1.80
Medium
400 4.60 3.20 2.40 1.80 4.80 3.90 3.30 2.90
600 4.80 4.10 3.50 3.10 4.80 4.80 4.00 3.50
180 1.40 SED SED SED 2.60 1.30 0.70 SED
250 2.70 1.40 0.90 SED 3.90 2.50 1.70 1.30
High 300 3.60 2.00 1.40 1.10 4.50 3.30 2.40 1.80
400 4.60 3.20 2.40 1.80 4.80 3.90 3.30 2.90
600 4.80 4.10 3.50 3.10 4.80 4.80 4.00 3.50
PB/SB
180 1.40 SED SED SED 2.60 1.30 0.70 SED
250 2.70 1.40 0.90 SED 3.90 2.50 1.70 1.30
Very
300 3.60 2.00 1.40 1.10 4.50 3.30 2.40 1.80
High
400 4.60 3.20 2.40 1.80 4.80 3.90 3.30 2.90
600 4.80 4.10 3.50 3.10 4.80 4.80 4.00 3.50
180 1.40 SED SED SED 2.60 1.30 0.70 SED
250 2.70 1.40 0.90 SED 3.90 2.50 1.70 1.30
Extra
300 3.60 2.00 1.40 1.10 4.50 3.30 2.40 1.80
High
400 4.60 3.20 2.40 1.80 4.80 3.90 3.30 2.90
600 4.80 4.10 3.50 3.10 4.80 4.80 4.00 3.50

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 123


Lintel Lintel type C or E Lintel type C2 or E2
Member Wind
depth Span for LD of: (m) Span for LD of: (m)
type zone
(mm) 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0
180 1.40 SED SED SED 2.60 1.30 0.70 SED
250 2.70 1.40 0.90 SED 3.90 2.50 1.70 1.30
Low to
300 3.60 2.00 1.40 1.10 4.50 3.30 2.40 1.80
Medium
400 4.60 3.20 2.40 1.80 4.80 3.90 3.30 2.90
600 4.80 4.10 3.50 3.10 4.80 4.80 4.00 3.50
180 1.40 SED SED SED 2.60 1.30 0.70 SED
250 2.70 1.40 0.90 SED 3.90 2.50 1.70 1.30
High 300 3.60 2.00 1.40 1.10 4.50 3.30 2.40 1.80
400 4.60 3.20 2.40 1.80 4.80 3.90 3.30 2.90
600 4.80 4.10 3.50 3.10 4.80 4.80 4.00 3.50
PC/SC
180 1.40 SED SED SED 2.60 1.30 0.70 SED
250 2.70 1.40 0.90 SED 3.90 2.50 1.70 1.30
Very
300 3.60 2.00 1.40 1.10 4.50 3.30 2.40 1.80
High
400 4.60 3.20 2.40 1.80 4.80 3.90 3.30 2.90
600 4.80 4.10 3.50 3.10 4.80 4.80 4.00 3.50
180 1.40 SED SED SED 2.60 1.30 0.70 SED
250 2.70 1.40 0.90 SED 3.90 2.50 1.70 1.30
Extra
300 3.60 2.00 1.40 1.10 4.50 3.30 2.40 1.80
High
400 4.60 3.20 2.40 1.80 4.80 3.90 3.30 2.90
600 4.80 4.10 3.50 3.10 4.80 4.80 4.00 3.50
180 2.20 1.20 0.60 SED 3.60 1.80 1.20 0.70
250 3.90 2.20 1.40 1.10 4.50 3.30 2.30 1.70
Low to
300 4.30 3.00 2.10 1.60 4.80 3.70 3.10 2.40
Medium
400 4.80 3.80 3.00 2.40 4.80 4.30 3.60 3.20
600 4.80 4.80 3.90 3.30 4.80 5.50 4.60 3.90
180 2.20 1.20 0.60 SED 3.60 1.80 1.20 0.70
250 3.90 2.20 1.40 1.10 4.50 3.30 2.30 1.70
High 300 4.30 3.00 2.10 1.60 4.80 3.70 3.10 2.40
400 4.80 3.80 3.00 2.40 4.80 4.30 3.60 3.20
600 4.80 4.80 3.90 3.30 4.80 4.80 4.60 3.90
PD/SD
180 2.20 1.20 0.60 SED 3.60 1.80 1.20 0.70
250 3.90 2.20 1.40 1.10 4.50 3.30 2.30 1.70
Very
300 4.30 3.00 2.10 1.60 4.80 3.70 3.10 2.40
High
400 4.80 3.80 3.00 2.40 4.80 4.30 3.60 3.20
600 4.80 4.80 3.90 3.30 4.80 4.80 4.60 3.90
180 2.20 1.20 0.60 SED 3.60 1.80 1.20 0.70
250 3.90 2.20 1.40 1.10 4.50 3.30 2.30 1.70
Extra
300 4.30 3.00 2.10 1.60 4.80 3.70 3.10 2.40
High
400 4.80 3.80 3.00 2.40 4.80 4.30 3.60 3.20
600 4.80 4.80 3.90 3.30 4.80 4.80 4.60 3.90

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 124


Lintel Lintel type A Lintel type A2
Member Wind
depth Span for LD of: (m) Span for LD of: (m)
type zone
(mm) 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0
180 1.30 SED SED SED 2.30 1.20 0.60 SED
250 1.50 0.70 SED SED 2.40 1.30 0.80 SED
Low to
300 1.70 0.90 SED SED 2.40 1.50 1.00 SED
Medium
400 1.90 1.20 SED SED 2.40 1.70 1.30 SED
600 2.40 1.80 SED SED 2.40 2.20 1.80 SED
180 1.30 SED SED SED 2.30 1.20 0.60 SED
250 1.50 0.70 SED SED 2.40 1.30 0.80 SED
High 300 1.70 0.90 SED SED 2.40 1.50 1.00 SED
400 1.90 1.20 SED SED 2.40 1.70 1.30 SED
600 2.40 1.80 SED SED 2.40 2.20 1.80 SED
PA/SA
180 1.30 SED SED SED 2.30 1.20 0.60 SED
250 1.50 0.70 SED SED 2.40 1.30 0.80 SED
Very
300 1.70 0.90 SED SED 2.40 1.50 1.00 SED
High
400 1.90 1.20 SED SED 2.40 1.70 1.30 SED
600 2.40 1.80 SED SED 2.40 2.20 1.80 SED
180 1.30 SED SED SED 2.30 1.20 0.60 SED
250 1.50 0.70 SED SED 2.40 1.30 0.80 SED
Extra
300 1.70 0.90 SED SED 2.40 1.50 1.00 SED
High
400 1.90 1.20 SED SED 2.40 1.70 1.30 SED
600 2.40 1.80 SED SED 2.40 2.20 1.80 SED
180 2.20 1.30 0.70 SED 2.40 2.10 1.30 0.90
250 2.40 1.40 0.90 SED 2.40 2.30 1.50 1.20
Low to
300 2.40 1.60 1.10 SED 2.40 2.40 1.70 1.40
Medium
400 2.40 1.80 1.50 SED 2.40 2.40 1.90 1.60
600 2.40 2.40 1.90 SED 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.00
180 2.20 1.30 0.70 SED 2.40 2.10 1.30 0.90
250 2.40 1.40 0.90 SED 2.40 2.30 1.50 1.20
High 300 2.40 1.60 1.10 SED 2.40 2.40 1.70 1.40
400 2.40 1.80 1.50 SED 2.40 2.40 1.90 1.60
600 2.40 2.40 1.90 SED 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.00
PB/SB
180 2.20 1.30 0.70 SED 2.40 2.10 1.30 0.90
250 2.40 1.40 0.90 SED 2.40 2.30 1.50 1.20
Very
300 2.40 1.60 1.10 SED 2.40 2.40 1.70 1.40
High
400 2.40 1.80 1.50 SED 2.40 2.40 1.90 1.60
600 2.40 2.40 1.90 SED 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.00
180 2.20 1.30 0.70 SED 2.40 2.10 1.30 0.90
250 2.40 1.40 0.90 SED 2.40 2.30 1.50 1.20
Extra
300 2.40 1.60 1.10 SED 2.40 2.40 1.70 1.40
High
400 2.40 1.80 1.50 SED 2.40 2.40 1.90 1.60
600 2.40 2.40 1.90 SED 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.00

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 125


Lintel Lintel type A Lintel type A2
Member Wind
depth Span for LD of: (m) Span for LD of: (m)
type zone
(mm) 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0
180 2.20 1.30 0.70 SED 2.40 2.10 1.30 0.90
250 2.40 1.40 0.90 SED 2.40 2.30 1.50 1.20
Low to
300 2.40 1.60 1.10 SED 2.40 2.40 1.70 1.40
Medium
400 2.40 1.80 1.50 SED 2.40 2.40 1.90 1.60
600 2.40 2.40 1.90 SED 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.00
180 2.20 1.30 0.70 SED 2.40 2.10 1.30 0.90
250 2.40 1.40 0.90 SED 2.40 2.30 1.50 1.20
High 300 2.40 1.60 1.10 SED 2.40 2.40 1.70 1.40
400 2.40 1.80 1.50 SED 2.40 2.40 1.90 1.60
600 2.40 2.40 1.90 SED 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.00
PC/SC
180 2.20 1.30 0.70 SED 2.40 2.10 1.30 0.90
250 2.40 1.40 0.90 SED 2.40 2.30 1.50 1.20
Very
300 2.40 1.60 1.10 SED 2.40 2.40 1.70 1.40
High
400 2.40 1.80 1.50 SED 2.40 2.40 1.90 1.60
600 2.40 2.40 1.90 SED 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.00
180 2.20 1.30 0.70 SED 2.40 2.10 1.30 0.90
250 2.40 1.40 0.90 SED 2.40 2.30 1.50 1.20
Extra
300 2.40 1.60 1.10 SED 2.40 2.40 1.70 1.40
High
400 2.40 1.80 1.50 SED 2.40 2.40 1.90 1.60
600 2.40 2.40 1.90 SED 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.00
180 2.40 1.80 1.20 0.70 2.40 2.40 1.90 1.30
250 2.40 2.00 1.40 1.00 2.40 2.40 2.10 1.50
Low to
300 2.40 2.20 1.50 1.20 2.40 2.40 2.30 1.70
Medium
400 2.40 2.40 1.70 1.50 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.00
600 2.40 2.40 2.20 1.90 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.40
180 2.40 1.80 1.20 0.70 2.40 2.40 1.90 1.30
250 2.40 2.00 1.40 1.00 2.40 2.40 2.10 1.50
High 300 2.40 2.20 1.50 1.20 2.40 2.40 2.30 1.70
400 2.40 2.40 1.70 1.50 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.00
600 2.40 2.40 2.20 1.90 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.40
PD/SD
180 2.40 1.80 1.20 0.70 2.40 2.40 1.90 1.30
250 2.40 2.00 1.40 1.00 2.40 2.40 2.10 1.50
Very
300 2.40 2.20 1.50 1.20 2.40 2.40 2.30 1.70
High
400 2.40 2.40 1.70 1.50 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.00
600 2.40 2.40 2.20 1.90 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.40
180 2.40 1.80 1.20 0.70 2.40 2.40 1.90 1.30
250 2.40 2.00 1.40 1.00 2.40 2.40 2.10 1.50
Extra
300 2.40 2.20 1.50 1.20 2.40 2.40 2.30 1.70
High
400 2.40 2.40 1.70 1.50 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.00
600 2.40 2.40 2.20 1.90 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.40

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 126


Lintel Lintel type C or E Lintel type C2 or E2
Member Wind
depth Span for LD of: (m) Span for LD of: (m)
type zone
(mm) 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0
180 SED SED SED SED 1.30 SED SED SED
250 1.40 SED SED SED 2.60 1.40 0.90 SED
Low to
300 1.90 1.10 SED SED 3.60 2.00 1.40 1.00
Medium
400 3.10 1.80 1.40 SED 4.80 3.20 2.30 1.80
600 4.80 3.30 2.50 2.10 4.80 4.60 3.80 3.20
180 SED SED SED SED 1.30 SED SED SED
250 1.40 SED SED SED 2.60 1.40 0.90 SED
High 300 1.90 1.10 SED SED 3.60 2.00 1.40 1.00
400 3.10 1.80 1.40 SED 4.80 3.20 2.30 1.80
600 4.80 3.30 2.50 2.10 4.80 4.60 3.80 3.20
PA/SA
180 SED SED SED SED 1.30 SED SED SED
250 1.40 SED SED SED 2.60 1.40 0.90 SED
Very
300 1.90 1.10 SED SED 3.60 2.00 1.40 1.00
High
400 3.10 1.80 1.40 SED 4.80 3.20 2.30 1.80
600 4.80 3.30 2.50 2.10 4.80 4.60 3.80 3.20
180 SED SED SED SED 1.30 SED SED SED
250 1.40 SED SED SED 2.60 1.40 0.90 SED
Extra
300 1.90 1.10 SED SED 3.60 2.00 1.40 1.00
High
400 3.10 1.80 1.40 SED 4.80 3.20 2.30 1.80
600 4.80 3.30 2.50 2.10 4.80 4.60 3.80 3.20
180 1.40 SED SED SED 2.60 1.30 0.70 SED
250 2.70 1.40 0.90 SED 3.90 2.50 1.70 1.30
Low to
300 3.60 2.00 1.40 1.10 4.50 3.30 2.40 1.80
Medium
400 4.60 3.20 2.40 1.80 4.80 3.90 3.30 2.90
600 4.80 4.10 3.50 3.10 4.80 4.80 4.00 3.50
180 1.40 SED SED SED 2.60 1.30 0.70 SED
250 2.70 1.40 0.90 SED 3.90 2.50 1.70 1.30
High 300 3.60 2.00 1.40 1.10 4.50 3.30 2.40 1.80
400 4.60 3.20 2.40 1.80 4.80 3.90 3.30 2.90
600 4.80 4.10 3.50 3.10 4.80 4.80 4.00 3.50
PB/SB
180 1.40 SED SED SED 2.60 1.30 0.70 SED
250 2.70 1.40 0.90 SED 3.90 2.50 1.70 1.30
Very
300 3.60 2.00 1.40 1.10 4.50 3.30 2.40 1.80
High
400 4.60 3.20 2.40 1.80 4.80 3.90 3.30 2.90
600 4.80 4.10 3.50 3.10 4.80 4.80 4.00 3.50
180 1.40 SED SED SED 2.60 1.30 0.70 SED
250 2.70 1.40 0.90 SED 3.90 2.50 1.70 1.30
Extra
300 3.60 2.00 1.40 1.10 4.50 3.30 2.40 1.80
High
400 4.60 3.20 2.40 1.80 4.80 3.90 3.30 2.90
600 4.80 4.10 3.50 3.10 4.80 4.80 4.00 3.50

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 127


Lintel Lintel type C or E Lintel type C2 or E2
Member Wind
depth Span for LD of: (m) Span for LD of: (m)
type zone
(mm) 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0
180 1.40 SED SED SED 2.60 1.30 0.70 SED
250 2.70 1.40 0.90 SED 3.90 2.50 1.70 1.30
Low to
300 3.60 2.00 1.40 1.10 4.50 3.30 2.40 1.80
Medium
400 4.60 3.20 2.40 1.80 4.80 3.90 3.30 2.90
600 4.80 4.10 3.50 3.10 4.80 4.80 4.00 3.50
180 1.40 SED SED SED 2.60 1.30 0.70 SED
250 2.70 1.40 0.90 SED 3.90 2.50 1.70 1.30
High 300 3.60 2.00 1.40 1.10 4.50 3.30 2.40 1.80
400 4.60 3.20 2.40 1.80 4.80 3.90 3.30 2.90
600 4.80 4.10 3.50 3.10 4.80 4.80 4.00 3.50
PC/SC
180 1.40 SED SED SED 2.60 1.30 0.70 SED
250 2.70 1.40 0.90 SED 3.90 2.50 1.70 1.30
Very
300 3.60 2.00 1.40 1.10 4.50 3.30 2.40 1.80
High
400 4.60 3.20 2.40 1.80 4.80 3.90 3.30 2.90
600 4.80 4.10 3.50 3.10 4.80 4.80 4.00 3.50
180 1.40 SED SED SED 2.60 1.30 0.70 SED
250 2.70 1.40 0.90 SED 3.90 2.50 1.70 1.30
Extra
300 3.60 2.00 1.40 1.10 4.50 3.30 2.40 1.80
High
400 4.60 3.20 2.40 1.80 4.80 3.90 3.30 2.90
600 4.80 4.10 3.50 3.10 4.80 4.80 4.00 3.50
180 2.20 1.20 0.60 SED 3.60 1.80 1.20 0.70
250 3.90 2.20 1.40 1.10 4.50 3.30 2.30 1.70
Low to
300 4.30 3.00 2.10 1.60 4.80 3.70 3.10 2.40
Medium
400 4.80 3.80 3.00 2.40 4.80 4.30 3.60 3.20
600 4.80 4.80 3.90 3.30 4.80 5.50 4.60 3.90
180 2.20 1.20 0.60 SED 3.60 1.80 1.20 0.70
250 3.90 2.20 1.40 1.10 4.50 3.30 2.30 1.70
High 300 4.30 3.00 2.10 1.60 4.80 3.70 3.10 2.40
400 4.80 3.80 3.00 2.40 4.80 4.30 3.60 3.20
600 4.80 4.80 3.90 3.30 4.80 4.80 4.60 3.90
PD/SD
180 2.20 1.20 0.60 SED 3.60 1.80 1.20 0.70
250 3.90 2.20 1.40 1.10 4.50 3.30 2.30 1.70
Very
300 4.30 3.00 2.10 1.60 4.80 3.70 3.10 2.40
High
400 4.80 3.80 3.00 2.40 4.80 4.30 3.60 3.20
600 4.80 4.90 3.90 3.30 4.80 5.50 4.60 3.90
180 2.20 1.20 0.60 SED 3.60 1.80 1.20 0.70
250 3.90 2.20 1.40 1.10 4.50 3.30 2.30 1.70
Extra
300 4.30 3.00 2.10 1.60 4.80 3.70 3.10 2.40
High
400 4.80 3.80 3.00 2.40 4.80 4.30 3.60 3.20
600 4.80 4.90 3.90 3.30 4.80 4.80 4.60 3.90

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 128


For Tables 11.16 to 11.23 determine the loaded dimension of the lintel at floor level and the
loaded dimension of the wall above the lintel at roof level and use the greater value.

Lintel Lintel type A Lintel type A2


Member Wind
depth Span for LD of: (m) Span for LD of: (m)
type zone
(mm) 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0
180 0.70 SED SED SED 1.20 0.70 SED SED
250 0.70 SED SED SED 1.20 0.70 SED SED
Low to
300 0.70 SED SED SED 1.20 0.70 SED SED
Medium
400 0.70 SED SED SED 1.10 0.70 SED SED
600 0.70 SED SED SED 1.10 0.60 SED SED
180 0.70 SED SED SED 1.20 0.70 SED SED
250 0.70 SED SED SED 1.20 0.70 SED SED
High 300 0.70 SED SED SED 1.20 0.70 SED SED
400 0.70 SED SED SED 1.10 0.70 SED SED
600 0.70 SED SED SED 1.10 0.60 SED SED
PA/SA
180 0.70 SED SED SED 1.20 0.70 SED SED
250 0.70 SED SED SED 1.20 0.70 SED SED
Very
300 0.70 SED SED SED 1.20 0.70 SED SED
High
400 0.70 SED SED SED 1.10 0.70 SED SED
600 0.70 SED SED SED 1.10 0.60 SED SED
180 0.70 SED SED SED 1.20 0.70 SED SED
250 0.70 SED SED SED 1.20 0.70 SED SED
Extra
300 0.70 SED SED SED 1.20 0.70 SED SED
High
400 0.70 SED SED SED 1.10 0.70 SED SED
600 0.70 SED SED SED 1.10 0.60 SED SED
180 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
250 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
Low to
300 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
Medium
400 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
600 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.10 0.80 0.60
180 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
250 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
High 300 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
400 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
600 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.10 0.80 0.60
PB/SB
180 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
250 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
Very
300 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
High
400 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
600 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.10 0.80 0.60
180 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
250 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
Extra
300 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
High
400 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
600 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.10 0.80 0.60

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 129


Lintel Lintel Type A Lintel Type A2
Member Wind
depth Span for LD of: (m) Span for LD of: (m)
type zone
(mm) 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0
180 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
250 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
Low to
300 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
Medium
400 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
600 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.10 0.80 0.60
180 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
250 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
High 300 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
400 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
600 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.10 0.80 0.60
PC/SC
180 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
250 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
Very
300 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
High
400 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
600 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.10 0.80 0.60
180 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
250 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
Extra
300 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
High
400 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
600 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.10 0.80 0.60
180 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED 2.40 1.60 1.10 0.80
250 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED 2.40 1.60 1.10 0.80
Low to
300 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED 2.40 1.60 1.10 0.80
Medium
400 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED 2.40 1.60 1.10 0.80
600 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED 2.40 1.50 1.10 0.80
180 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED 2.40 1.60 1.10 0.80
250 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED 2.40 1.60 1.10 0.80
High 300 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED 2.40 1.60 1.10 0.80
400 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED 2.40 1.60 1.10 0.80
600 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED 2.40 1.50 1.10 0.80
PD/SD
180 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED 2.40 1.60 1.10 0.80
250 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED 2.40 1.60 1.10 0.80
Very
300 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED 2.40 1.60 1.10 0.80
High
400 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED 2.40 1.60 1.10 0.80
600 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED 2.40 1.50 1.10 0.80
180 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED 2.40 1.60 1.10 0.80
250 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED 2.40 1.60 1.10 0.80
Extra
300 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED 2.40 1.60 1.10 0.80
High
400 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED 2.40 1.60 1.10 0.80
600 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED 2.40 1.50 1.10 0.80

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 130


Lintel Lintel Type C or E Lintel Type C2 or E2
Member Wind
depth Span for LD of: (m) Span for LD of: (m)
type zone
(mm) 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0
180 0.60 SED SED SED 1.20 0.70 SED SED
250 1.00 0.60 SED SED 1.90 1.10 0.80 0.60
Low to
300 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.50 1.40 1.00 0.80
Medium
400 1.90 1.10 0.80 0.60 3.40 2.10 1.50 1.10
600 3.10 1.80 1.30 1.00 4.20 SED SED SED
180 0.60 SED SED SED 1.20 0.70 SED SED
250 1.00 0.60 SED SED 1.90 1.10 0.80 0.60
High 300 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.50 1.40 1.00 0.80
400 1.90 1.10 0.80 0.60 3.40 2.10 1.50 1.10
600 3.10 1.80 1.30 1.00 4.20 SED SED SED
PA/SA
180 0.60 SED SED SED 1.20 0.70 SED SED
250 1.00 0.60 SED SED 1.90 1.10 0.80 0.60
Very
300 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.50 1.40 1.00 0.80
High
400 1.90 1.10 0.80 0.60 3.40 2.10 1.50 1.10
600 3.10 1.80 1.30 1.00 4.20 SED SED SED
180 0.60 SED SED SED 1.20 0.70 SED SED
250 1.00 0.60 SED SED 1.90 1.10 0.80 0.60
Extra
300 1.30 0.70 SED SED 2.50 1.40 1.00 0.80
High
400 1.90 1.10 0.80 0.60 3.40 2.10 1.50 1.10
600 3.10 1.80 1.30 1.00 4.20 SED SED SED
180 1.20 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
250 2.00 1.10 0.80 0.60 2.70 1.90 1.40 1.00
Low to
300 2.50 1.50 1.00 0.80 3.00 2.30 1.70 1.30
Medium
400 3.00 1.80 1.20 0.90 3.60 2.70 SED SED
600 3.60 2.10 1.50 1.10 4.50 SED SED SED
180 1.20 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
250 2.00 1.10 0.80 0.60 2.70 1.90 1.40 1.00
High 300 2.50 1.50 1.00 0.80 3.00 2.30 1.70 1.30
400 3.00 1.80 1.20 0.90 3.60 2.70 SED SED
600 3.60 2.10 1.50 1.10 4.50 SED SED SED
PB/SB
180 1.20 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
250 2.00 1.10 0.80 0.60 2.70 1.90 1.40 1.00
Very
300 2.50 1.50 1.00 0.80 3.00 2.30 1.70 1.30
High
400 3.00 1.80 1.20 0.90 3.60 2.70 SED SED
600 3.60 2.10 1.50 1.10 4.50 SED SED SED
180 1.20 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
250 2.00 1.10 0.80 0.60 2.70 1.90 1.40 1.00
Extra
300 2.50 1.50 1.00 0.80 3.00 2.30 1.70 1.30
High
400 3.00 1.80 1.20 0.90 3.60 2.70 SED SED
600 3.60 2.10 1.50 1.10 4.50 SED SED SED

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 131


Lintel Lintel Type C or E Lintel Type C2 or E2
Member Wind
depth Span for LD of: (m) Span for LD of: (m)
type zone
(mm) 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0
180 1.20 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
250 2.00 1.10 0.80 0.60 2.70 1.90 1.40 1.00
Low to
300 2.50 1.50 1.00 0.80 3.00 2.30 1.70 1.30
Medium
400 3.00 1.80 1.20 0.90 3.60 2.70 SED SED
600 3.60 2.10 1.50 1.10 4.50 SED SED SED
180 1.20 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
250 2.00 1.10 0.80 0.60 2.70 1.90 1.40 1.00
High 300 2.50 1.50 1.00 0.80 3.00 2.30 1.70 1.30
400 3.00 1.80 1.20 0.90 3.60 2.70 SED SED
600 3.60 2.10 1.50 1.10 4.50 SED SED SED
PC/SC
180 1.20 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
250 2.00 1.10 0.80 0.60 2.70 1.90 1.40 1.00
Very
300 2.50 1.50 1.00 0.80 3.00 2.30 1.70 1.30
High
400 3.00 1.80 1.20 0.90 3.60 2.70 SED SED
600 3.60 2.10 1.50 1.10 4.50 SED SED SED
180 1.20 0.70 SED SED 2.00 1.20 0.80 0.60
250 2.00 1.10 0.80 0.60 2.70 1.90 1.40 1.00
Extra
300 2.50 1.50 1.00 0.80 3.00 2.30 1.70 1.30
High
400 3.00 1.80 1.20 0.90 3.60 2.70 SED SED
600 3.60 2.10 1.50 1.10 4.50 SED SED SED
180 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED 2.50 1.60 1.10 0.80
250 2.70 1.70 1.20 0.90 3.00 2.30 1.80 1.40
Low to
300 3.00 2.10 1.40 1.10 3.40 2.60 SED SED
Medium
400 3.30 1.90 1.30 1.00 4.00 SED SED SED
600 3.90 2.30 1.60 1.20 SED SED SED SED
180 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED 2.50 1.60 1.10 0.80
250 2.70 1.70 1.20 0.90 3.00 2.30 1.80 1.40
High 300 3.00 2.10 1.40 1.10 3.40 2.60 SED SED
400 3.30 1.90 1.30 1.00 4.00 SED SED SED
600 3.90 2.30 1.60 1.20 SED SED SED SED
PD/SD
180 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED 2.50 1.60 1.10 0.80
250 2.70 1.70 1.20 0.90 3.00 2.30 1.80 1.40
Very
300 3.00 2.10 1.40 1.10 3.40 2.60 SED SED
High
400 3.30 1.90 1.30 1.00 4.00 SED SED SED
600 3.90 2.30 1.60 1.20 SED SED SED SED
180 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED 2.50 1.60 1.10 0.80
250 2.70 1.70 1.20 0.90 3.00 2.30 1.80 1.40
Extra
300 3.00 2.10 1.40 1.10 3.40 2.60 SED SED
High
400 3.30 1.90 1.30 1.00 4.00 SED SED SED
600 3.90 2.30 1.60 1.20 SED SED SED SED

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 132


Lintel Lintel Type A Lintel Type A2
Member Wind
depth Span for LD of: (m) Span for LD of: (m)
type zone
(mm) 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0
180 0.60 SED SED SED 1.00 0.60 SED SED
250 0.60 SED SED SED 1.00 0.60 SED SED
Low to
300 0.60 SED SED SED 1.00 0.60 SED SED
Medium
400 0.60 SED SED SED 1.00 0.60 SED SED
600 0.60 SED SED SED 1.00 0.60 SED SED
180 0.60 SED SED SED 1.00 0.60 SED SED
250 0.60 SED SED SED 1.00 0.60 SED SED
High 300 0.60 SED SED SED 1.00 0.60 SED SED
400 0.60 SED SED SED 1.00 0.60 SED SED
600 0.60 SED SED SED 1.00 0.60 SED SED
PA/SA
180 0.60 SED SED SED 1.00 0.60 SED SED
250 0.60 SED SED SED 1.00 0.60 SED SED
Very High 300 0.60 SED SED SED 1.00 0.60 SED SED
400 0.60 SED SED SED 1.00 0.60 SED SED
600 0.60 SED SED SED 1.00 0.60 SED SED
180 0.60 SED SED SED 1.00 0.60 SED SED
250 0.60 SED SED SED 1.00 0.60 SED SED
Extra
300 0.60 SED SED SED 1.00 0.60 SED SED
High
400 0.60 SED SED SED 1.00 0.60 SED SED
600 0.60 SED SED SED 1.00 0.60 SED SED
180 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED
250 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED
Low to
300 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED
Medium
400 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED
600 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED
180 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED
250 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED
High 300 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED
400 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED
600 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED
PB/SB
180 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED
250 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED
Very High 300 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED
400 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED
600 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED
180 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED
250 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED
Extra
300 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED
High
400 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED
600 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 133


Lintel Lintel Type A Lintel Type A2
Member Wind
depth Span for LD of: (m) Span for LD of: (m)
type zone
(mm) 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0
180 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED
250 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED
Low to
300 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED
Medium
400 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED
600 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED
180 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED
250 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED
High 300 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED
400 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED
600 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED
PC/SC
180 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED
250 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED
Very High 300 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED
400 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED
600 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED
180 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED
250 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED
Extra
300 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED
High
400 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED
600 1.10 0.60 SED SED 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED
180 1.50 0.90 0.60 SED 2.40 1.40 0.90 0.70
250 1.50 0.90 0.60 SED 2.40 1.40 0.90 0.70
Low to
300 1.50 0.90 0.60 SED 2.40 1.40 0.90 0.70
Medium
400 1.50 0.90 0.60 SED 2.40 1.40 0.90 0.70
600 1.50 0.90 0.60 SED 2.30 1.30 0.90 0.70
180 1.50 0.90 0.60 SED 2.40 1.40 0.90 0.70
250 1.50 0.90 0.60 SED 2.40 1.40 0.90 0.70
High 300 1.50 0.90 0.60 SED 2.40 1.40 0.90 0.70
400 1.50 0.90 0.60 SED 2.40 1.40 0.90 0.70
600 1.50 0.90 0.60 SED 2.30 1.30 0.90 0.70
PD/SD
180 1.50 0.90 0.60 SED 2.40 1.40 0.90 0.70
250 1.50 0.90 0.60 SED 2.40 1.40 0.90 0.70
Very High 300 1.50 0.90 0.60 SED 2.40 1.40 0.90 0.70
400 1.50 0.90 0.60 SED 2.40 1.40 0.90 0.70
600 1.50 0.90 0.60 SED 2.30 1.30 0.90 0.70
180 1.50 0.90 0.60 SED 2.40 1.40 0.90 0.70
250 1.50 0.90 0.60 SED 2.40 1.40 0.90 0.70
Extra
300 1.50 0.90 0.60 SED 2.40 1.40 0.90 0.70
High
400 1.50 0.90 0.60 SED 2.40 1.40 0.90 0.70
600 1.50 0.90 0.60 SED 2.30 1.30 0.90 0.70

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 134


Lintel Lintel type C or E Lintel type C2 or E2
Member Wind
depth Span for LD of: (m) Span for LD of: (m)
type zone
(mm) 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0
180 SED SED SED SED 1.00 0.60 SED SED
250 0.90 SED SED SED 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED
Low to
300 1.10 0.60 SED SED 2.20 1.20 0.90 0.70
Medium
400 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED 3.20 1.80 1.30 1.00
600 2.70 1.60 1.10 0.80 3.90 SED SED SED
180 SED SED SED SED 1.00 0.60 SED SED
250 0.90 SED SED SED 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED
High 300 1.10 0.60 SED SED 2.20 1.20 0.90 0.70
400 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED 3.20 1.80 1.30 1.00
600 2.70 1.60 1.10 0.80 3.90 SED SED SED
PA/SA
180 SED SED SED SED 1.00 0.60 SED SED
250 0.90 SED SED SED 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED
Very
300 1.10 0.60 SED SED 2.20 1.20 0.90 0.70
High
400 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED 3.20 1.80 1.30 1.00
600 2.70 1.60 1.10 0.80 3.90 SED SED SED
180 SED SED SED SED 1.00 0.60 SED SED
250 0.90 SED SED SED 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED
Extra
300 1.10 0.60 SED SED 2.20 1.20 0.90 0.70
High
400 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED 3.20 1.80 1.30 1.00
600 2.70 1.60 1.10 0.80 3.90 SED SED SED
180 1.00 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED
250 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED 2.60 1.70 1.20 0.90
Low to
300 2.20 1.30 0.90 0.70 2.90 2.20 1.50 1.20
Medium
400 2.70 1.50 1.10 0.80 3.40 SED SED SED
600 3.20 1.80 1.30 1.00 4.20 SED SED SED
180 1.00 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED
250 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED 2.60 1.70 1.20 0.90
High 300 2.20 1.30 0.90 0.70 2.90 2.20 1.50 1.20
400 2.70 1.50 1.10 0.80 3.40 SED SED SED
600 3.20 1.80 1.30 1.00 4.20 SED SED SED
PB/SB
180 1.00 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED
250 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED 2.60 1.70 1.20 0.90
Very
300 2.20 1.30 0.90 0.70 2.90 2.20 1.50 1.20
High
400 2.70 1.50 1.10 0.80 3.40 SED SED SED
600 3.20 1.80 1.30 1.00 4.20 SED SED SED
180 1.00 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED
250 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED 2.60 1.70 1.20 0.90
Extra
300 2.20 1.30 0.90 0.70 2.90 2.20 1.50 1.20
High
400 2.70 1.50 1.10 0.80 3.40 SED SED SED
600 3.20 1.80 1.30 1.00 4.20 SED SED SED

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 135


Lintel Lintel type C or E Lintel type C2 or E2
Member Wind
depth Span for LD of: (m) Span for LD of: (m)
type zone
(mm) 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0
180 1.00 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED
250 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED 2.60 1.70 1.20 0.90
Low to
300 2.20 1.30 0.90 0.70 2.90 2.20 1.50 1.20
Medium
400 2.70 1.50 1.10 0.80 3.40 SED SED SED
600 3.20 1.80 1.30 1.00 4.20 SED SED SED
180 1.00 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED
250 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED 2.60 1.70 1.20 0.90
High 300 2.20 1.30 0.90 0.70 2.90 2.20 1.50 1.20
400 2.70 1.50 1.10 0.80 3.40 SED SED SED
600 3.20 1.80 1.30 1.00 4.20 SED SED SED
PC/SC
180 1.00 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED
250 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED 2.60 1.70 1.20 0.90
Very
300 2.20 1.30 0.90 0.70 2.90 2.20 1.50 1.20
High
400 2.70 1.50 1.10 0.80 3.40 SED SED SED
600 3.20 1.80 1.30 1.00 4.20 SED SED SED
180 1.00 0.60 SED SED 1.80 1.00 0.70 SED
250 1.70 1.00 0.70 SED 2.60 1.70 1.20 0.90
Extra
300 2.20 1.30 0.90 0.70 2.90 2.20 1.50 1.20
High
400 2.70 1.50 1.10 0.80 3.40 SED SED SED
600 3.20 1.80 1.30 1.00 4.20 SED SED SED
180 1.60 0.90 0.60 SED 2.30 1.40 1.00 0.70
250 2.50 1.50 1.00 0.80 2.90 2.20 1.60 1.20
Low to
300 2.80 1.80 1.20 1.00 3.20 2.40 SED SED
Medium
400 2.90 1.70 1.20 0.90 3.80 SED SED SED
600 3.40 2.00 1.40 1.00 SED SED SED SED
180 1.60 0.90 0.60 SED 2.30 1.40 1.00 0.70
250 2.50 1.50 1.00 0.80 2.90 2.20 1.60 1.20
High 300 2.80 1.80 1.20 1.00 3.20 2.40 SED SED
400 2.90 1.70 1.20 0.90 3.80 SED SED SED
600 3.40 2.00 1.40 1.00 SED SED SED SED
PD/SD
180 1.60 0.90 0.60 SED 2.30 1.40 1.00 0.70
250 2.50 1.50 1.00 0.80 2.90 2.20 1.60 1.20
Very
300 2.80 1.80 1.20 1.00 3.20 2.40 SED SED
High
400 2.90 1.70 1.20 0.90 3.80 SED SED SED
600 3.40 2.00 1.40 1.00 SED SED SED SED
180 1.60 0.90 0.60 SED SED 1.40 1.00 0.70
250 2.50 1.50 1.00 0.80 2.90 2.20 1.60 1.20
Extra
300 2.80 1.80 1.20 1.00 3.20 2.40 SED SED
High
400 2.90 1.70 1.20 0.90 3.80 SED SED SED
600 3.40 2.00 1.40 1.00 SED SED SED SED

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 136


Construction and installation tolerances
(Normative)

TOLERANCES

Length
The length of a component shall not deviate from its specified length by more than ± 2 mm.

Straightness
A component specified as straight, shall not deviate about any axis from a straight line drawn
between the end points by an amount exceeding 1/1000 or 1 mm, whichever is the greater.

Assembly
Assembled wall panels shall not deviate from the specified dimension by more than:
• Length + 1, -4 mm; and
• Height ± 2 mm.

INSTALLATION TOLERANCES

Attachment to supporting structure

For load bearing walls, gaps between the bottom plate and the concrete slab greater than 3 mm
shall be packed with load bearing shims or be grouted at each stud.

For non-load bearing walls, gaps greater than 3 mm shall be packed with load bearing shims or
be grouted at jamb studs and points where the bottom plate is fastened to the slab.
For the attachments of floor joists, bearers, trusses, and rafters to walls, where the gap is over
3 mm, the gap shall be packed with load bearing shims.

Walls

General
The tolerances given in A2.2.2 to A2.2.6 shall be applicable to vertical members including walls
and posts.

Position
Walls shall be positioned within 5mm from their specified position.

Plumb
Walls shall not deviate from the vertical by more than the height/600 or 3 mm, whichever is
greater (see Figure A1).

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 137


Tolerances for wall plumbness

Straightness

Walls specified as straight, shall not deviate by more than 5 mm over a 3 metre length. (see
Figure A2).

Where wall panels join a continuous wall, the critical face or faces of the panel shall not deviate
by more than ±2 mm at the joint.

Tolerances for wall straightness

Flatness of walls for installation of linings


The flatness of an individual wall that is to be lined, shall be in accordance with the following:
1. Over 90% of the area, the maximum deviation from a straight edge of 1.8 metres straight
edge placed parallel to the face be 3 mm; and
2. Over the remaining 10% of the area, the maximum deviation from a straight edge of
1.8 metres straight edge placed parallel to the face be 4 mm.

Service hole location


The service hole shall not be offset by more than d/10 from the centre line of the stud or wall
plate, where d is the depth of the stud or wall plate (see Figure A3).

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 138


Tolerances for service hole locations

Trusses, rafters, and floor members

Position
Trusses, rafters, and floor members shall be positioned within 5 mm from their specified
position.

Straightness
Trusses, rafters, and floor members shall be installed with an overall straightness not varying by
greater than L/500, where L is the length of the member (see Figure A4).

The differential in vertical bows between adjacent members shall not exceed 1/150 of their
spacing or 6 mm, whichever is the lesser.

Tolerances for member straightness

Plumb
Points along the length of the truss from top to bottom, shall not be out of plumb by exceeding
the minimum of h/100 or 20 mm, unless the trusses are specifically designed to be installed out
of plumb (see Figure A5),

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 139


Tolerances for member plumbness

Spacing
The spacing of trusses, rafters, and floor joists shall not vary from the specified dimension by
more than 20 mm.

Floor surface

The flatness of the floor surface is to be within ±10 mm over the entire room, but not exceeding
± 5 mm over any 3 metre length.

Abutting floors between rooms shall be aligned unless specifically designed otherwise. For
example steps and different finishes.

Vertical alignment of members


When members such as joist, rafter, truss, and structural wall stud (above or below) are
designed to be vertically aligned, the centre lines of the member shall not be more than 20 mm
apart unless the top plate of the lower wall is strengthened, for example by an L header (see
Figure A6).

Tolerances for the vertical alignment of members

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 140


Handling and storage
(Informative)

Building sites require frequent deliveries of various materials and site space is often limited.

Thought should be given to where the various materials can be stored and the movement of
vehicles and drop-off areas. Access may also be required for cranes. Materials should be
placed to minimise double handling and not damage materials. Occupational Health and Safety
issues also need to be considered.

Appropriate areas for the storage of materials should be identified and prepared before product
arrival. Where space is limited or double handling can be avoided, organise the separate
delivery of floor framing, wall framing, and trusses/roof panels.

Framing materials should be stored on a flat, even surface to avoid any excessive bending of
frames, panels, or trusses and other materials should not be placed on top of the stack.

Framing materials stored on site should be kept dry. Minor amounts of moisture such as
overnight condensation should simply evaporate.

On receipt of delivery of any framing materials, inspect for damage to components. It is


important that any damage found is reported immediately to the fabricator and manufacturer.

Framing material should be handled in a manner suitable to protect the coating, to avoid any
adverse effects on product performance. Minor scratches are unlikely to affect product
performance.

Whilst steel framing is a durable framing material, it is good practice to keep site storage time to
a minimum.

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 141


Wind zone determination examples
(Informative)

This Appendix provides two examples of determining the applicable wind zone in accordance
with this Standard.

EXAMPLE 1.

Figure C.1. Ground topography map example

Site location is Wellington (W) 1 Point


Surrounding ground is open pasture land 1 Point
The building is on the outer edge of the development
Not sheltered by similar residential properties all sides 1 Point
The site is located 1,200/600 = 2H from the crest in the Outer Zone
The hill height 500m from the crest is 520m, h=600m-520m=80m
The slope is 80/500=1:6.3, steeper than 1:10 but less than 1:5. 1 Point

The wind zone is Extra High (EH) based on a total of 4 Points

EXAMPLE 2.
An isolated Auckland site is located on gentle undulating flat land near coastal water.

Site location is Auckland (A) 0 Points


Surrounding ground is coastal (beach) 1 Point
The building is not sheltered by similar residential properties 1 Point
The site is not near a hill or sloping 0 Points

The wind zone is High (H) based on a total of 2 Points

NOTE: Many Building Consent Authorities have wind zone maps prepared to assist designers in determining the wind and lee zones
for particular sites. Consult your local authority for further information on this alternative method for determining the site wind zone.

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 142


Member Classifications
(Normative)

Members shall be classified in accordance with this section.

STUDS/WEB MEMBER CLASSIFICATION


Stud/web members shall be classified as SA, SB,SC or SD as given by Table D1.

The maximum allowable service hole for stud/web members shall be given by the stud member
classification.

Studs/webs of type SA, SB SC or SD shall have capacities greater than 95% of the
values given in Table D.1 and with a minimum slenderness about the strong axis (l/r x) of
100 and with a minimum section depth (D) of 70mm.

Stud/web capacities shall be established by calculation using the appropriate


procedures of AS/NZS 4600 or by prototype testing in accordance with Section 7 of this
Standard.

Stud/web capacities shall be established for the conditions given in D1.1 and D1.2.

BY CALCULATION
Stud/web capacities shall consider the following conditions when being determined by
calculation:
• End supports are assumed to be pinned
• Lateral restraints
o In the plane of the frame
o Out of plane of the frame
• Axial load is assumed to be concentric about effective section.
• Load causing bending is assumed to be uniformly distributed.
• Service hole of a specified size with locations in accordance with Fig D.1
• Effective length may be taken as 80% of the distance between restraints if both
flanges are restrained.
• Cm = 0.85.
• Studs are restrained by evenly spaced nogs @ 1350mm maximum spacings.

BY PROTOTYPE TESTING
Stud/web capacities shall consider the following conditions when being determined by prototype
testing:
• End of studs/webs are to be supported as in actual construction
• Lateral restraints are as in actual construction (depending on the load case under
consideration)
• Axial loads are to be applied without eccentricity
• Bending loads are to be applied uniformly over the length of the stud/web
• Service hole of a specified size with locations in accordance with Fig D.1

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 143


Table D.1 Stud/web classification
Stud/web capacities
Stud
2440mm 2740mm 3040mm
height
ΦcNc ΦbMb ΦcNc ΦbMb ΦcNc ΦbMb
Stud type
(kN) (kNm) (kN) (kNm) (kN) (kNm)
SA 8 0.6 7 0.5 8 0.6
SB 12 0.8 10 0.7 12 0.8
SC 16 1.0 14 0.9 16 1.0
SD 20 1.4 18 1.2 20 1.4
NOTES:
ΦcNc: Design member compression capacity
ΦbMb: Design member moment capacity

PLATE/CHORD MEMBER CLASSIFICATION


Plate/chord members shall be classified as PA, PB, PC, PD or PE as given by Table
D2.

The maximum allowable service hole size for plate/chord members shall be specified in
the plate/chord member classification.

Plates/chords of type PA, PB, PC, PD or PE shall have capacities greater than 95% of
the values given in Table D2. Plates/chords may consist of a single section, or a built-up
section in compliance with AS/NZS4600.

Plate/chord capacities shall be established by calculation using the appropriate procedures of


AS/NZS 4600 or by prototype testing in accordance with Section 7 of this standard.
Plate/chord capacities shall be established for the following conditions:

BY CALCULATION
Plate/chord member capacities shall consider the following conditions when being determined
by calculation:
• The minimum bending capacity of a full section on the weak axis.
• Shear capacity on the weak axis on the section with cut outs to fit with stud
• Axial Capacity on minimum section with cut out to fit with stud
• Service holes of a specified size with spacing accordance with Figure D.1

BY PROTOTYPE TESTING
Plate/chord member capacities shall consider the following conditions when being determined
by prototype testing:
• Plates/chords are to be as in actual construction (with cut-outs etc.)
• Service holes of diameter not more than those in studs.
• Frame configuration and loading conditions:
o Moment capacity – single 600 mm span with mid span load
o Shear capacity – single 600 mm span with load located at ‘d’ from the edge
of the supporting stud, where ‘d’ is the flange width of the plate section.
o Axial capacity – 1200 mm high assembly of two plate sections connected by
stud sections at mid-height and each end – ends must be reinforced to
prevent local buckling at supports; Axial capacity taken as half the factored
capacity of the assembly.

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 144


Table D.2 Plate/chord member classification
Plate/chord capacities
ΦcV ΦbMb ΦbNc
Plate type
(kN) (kNm) (kN)
PA 3 0.2 12
PB 3 0.3 16
PC 4 0.4 16
PD 5 0.6 24
PE 6 0.8 24
NOTE: Plate/chord members could be built up sections fabricated from more than one member, such as
the addition of a header plate.

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 145


BATTEN SECTION PROPERTIES
Battens used for ceiling or roofing support shall comply with the requirements of Table D3.
Examples of battens are shown in Figure D2

Table D3 Battens
Batten section properties
Code Type
BMT D B1 Area lx J Iex Iex+
mm mm mm mm2 mm4 mm4 mm4 mm4
22CB42 Ceiling 0.42 22.0 31.5 45 2896 2.4 2418 2301
20CB55 Ceiling 0.55 19.6 20.1 56.53 3897 5.7 3500 3400
Ceiling
30CB75 0.75 30.0 68.1 91.50 14000 18.0 33930 11847
& Roof
40RB48 Roof 0.48 40.0 34.0 79.38 18910 5.7 17400 15400
40RB55 Roof 0.55 40.0 40.0 88.17 20608 8.9 20608 17000
NOTE: Valid for roof batten steel Grade G550: Fu = Fy = 410 MPa

C SECTION PROPERTIES
C sections used for rafters and floor joists shall comply with the requirements of Table D4.
Examples of C section members are shown in figure D3

Table D4 Dimensions and properties of steel lipped C sections


Nominal dimensions Minimum section properties
designation

Web Flange Lip


Section

Grade depth width length BMT Ix Iy J Iw


AS 1397 (d) (b) (L)
106 106 109
mm mm mm mm mm4
mm4 mm4 mm6
C15012 G500 150 65 16 1.15 1.30 0.19 170 0.84
C15015 G450 150 65 16 1.45 1.60 0.24 330 1.10
C15018 G450 150 65 24 1.75 2.06 0.36 590 2.37
C20012 G500 200 75 24 1.15 3.00 0.39 479 4.20
C20015 G450 200 75 24 1.45 3.75 0.48 420 5.16
C20018 G450 200 75 24 1.75 4.49 0.57 734 6.07
C25015 G450 250 85 33 1.45 1.72 0.75 507 12.6
C25018 G450 250 85 33 1.75 8.10 0.89 887 14.8
C30015 G450 300 100 43 1.45 11.6 1.25 598 28.6
C30018 G450 300 100 43 1.85 13.9 1.49 1050 33.8

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 146


NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 147
Examples of complying members
(Informative)

E1. Studs and webs


Table E1 Examples of conforming studs/webs
Stud Hole size Stud
Stud type Flange (mm) Lip (mm)
Description (mm) classification

89LC75 G550 35 7 SB
34
or G500 40 11 SC
Lipped
Channel
89LC95 G550 35 7 SC
34
or G500 40 11 SD

89LSC55
37 7.5 34 SA
G550 or G500

Stiffened
89LSC75
Lipped 37 7.5 34 SC
G550 or G500
Channel

89LSC95
37 7.5 34 SD
G550 or G500

Table E1 is based on providing the following:


• One row of noggings for 2400 mm and 2700 mm high studs with maximum spacings of
1350 mm.
• Two rows of noggings for 3000 mm high studs with maximum spacings of 1350 mm.
• Noggings are fixed to flanges of studs on each side (see Figure F2, F3 and F4).

E2. Plates and chords


Table E2 Examples of conforming plates/chords
Hole size Plate
Plate type Plate Description Flange (mm) Lip (mm)
(mm) classification

35 7 PB
89LC75 G550 34
40 11 PC

89LC75 G500 40 34 11 PC
Lipped
Channel
35 7 PC
89LC95 G550 34
40 11 PD

89LC95 G500 40 34 11 PD

89LSC55 G550
37 34 7.5 PA
or G500

Stiffened
89LSC75 G550
Lipped 37 34 7.5 PB
or G500
Channel

89LSC95 G550
37 34 7.5 PC
or G500

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 148


Member connection details
(Normative)

Connections for plate and chords to studs are shown in Figure F1.
This connection applies to: Wall top and bottom plate, ladder frames, web beam and joist
chords.

Connections for continuous nogs are shown in Figure F2 and staggered nogs as shown in
Figure E3.
This connection applies to: Nogs in walls, gable frames, and ladder frames.

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 149


Connections for lintel heads are shown in Figure E4
This connection applies to: Lintel head and nogs at jambs.

Connections for webs are shown in Figure E5.


This connection applies to: Web ridge beams, web intermediate, web joists and web rafters.

NASH STANDARD PART 2: MAY 2019 PAGE | 150

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen